If monitor flags parsing results in active monitor but that
isn't supported, the already allocated message is leaked.
Fix this by moving the allocation after this check.
Reported-by: Christian Engelmayer <cengelma@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We currently add nested members of the NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES
as NLA_U32 attributes of type NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in
cfg80211_net_detect_results. However, since there can be an arbitrary number of
frequency results, we should use the loop index of the loop used to add the
frequency results to NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES as the type (i.e. nla_type)
for each result attribute, rather than a fixed type.
This change is in line with how nested members are added to
NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES in the functions nl80211_send_wowlan_nd and
nl80211_add_scan_req.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Tan <samueltan@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=wOaR
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-02-03' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Last round of updates for net-next:
* revert a patch that caused a regression with mesh userspace (Bob)
* fix a number of suspend/resume related races
(from Emmanuel, Luca and myself - we'll look at backporting later)
* add software implementations for new ciphers (Jouni)
* add a new ACPI ID for Broadcom's rfkill (Mika)
* allow using netns FD for wireless (Vadim)
* some other cleanups (various)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-sdb.dts
net/sched/cls_bpf.c
Two simple sets of overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes cfg80211 aware of the GCMP, GCMP-256, CCMP-256, BIP-GMAC-128,
BIP-GMAC-256, and BIP-CMAC-256 cipher suites. These new cipher suites
were defined in IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This cipher can be used only as a group management frame cipher and as
such, there is no point in validating that it is not used with non-zero
key-index. Instead, verify that it is not used as a pairwise cipher
regardless of the key index.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
[change code to use switch statement which is easier to extend]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* fix station double-removal when suspending while associating
* fix the HT (802.11n) header length calculation
* fix the CCK radiotap flag used for monitoring, a pretty
old regression but a simple one-liner
* fix per-station group-key handling
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=DhIp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-01-23' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Another set of last-minute fixes:
* fix station double-removal when suspending while associating
* fix the HT (802.11n) header length calculation
* fix the CCK radiotap flag used for monitoring, a pretty
old regression but a simple one-liner
* fix per-station group-key handling
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
smatch warns that we once checked request->ssids in two functions
and then unconditionally used it later again.
This is actually fine, because the code has a relationship between
attrs[NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS], n_ssids and request->ssids, but
smatch isn't smart enough to realize that.
Suppress the warnings by always checking just n_ssids - that way
smatch won't know that request->ssids could be NULL, and since it
is only NULL when n_ssids is 0 we still check everything correctly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case userspace attempts to obtain key information for or delete a
unicast key, this is currently erroneously rejected unless the driver
sets the WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN flag. Apparently enough drivers do so it
was never noticed.
Fix that, and while at it fix a potential memory leak: the error path
in the get_key() function was placed after allocating a message but
didn't free it - move it to a better place. Luckily admin permissions
are needed to call this operation.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: e31b82136d ("cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
HT Control field may also be present in management frames, as defined
in 8.2.4.1.10 of 802.11-2012. Account for this in calculation of header
length.
Signed-off-by: Fred Chou <fred.chou.nd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The userspace may want to delay the the first scheduled scan or
net-detect cycle. Add an optional attribute to the scheduled scan
configuration to pass the delay to be (optionally) used by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[add the attribute to the policy to validate it]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Added new NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD which allows to
set namespace via nl80211 by fd.
Signed-off-by: Vadim Kochan <vadim4j@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
* fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
genlmsg_end() mistake
* fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
* (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Bvmr
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Some further updates for net-next:
* fix network-manager which was broken by the previous changes
* fix delete-station events, which were broken by me making the
genlmsg_end() mistake
* fix a timer left running during suspend in some race conditions
that would cause an annoying (but harmless) warning
* (less important, but in the tree already) remove 80+80 MHz rate
reporting since the spec doesn't distinguish it from 160 MHz;
as the bitrate they're both 160 MHz bandwidth
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit ba1debdfed.
Oliver reported that it breaks network-manager, for some reason with
this patch NM decides that the device isn't wireless but "generic"
(ethernet), sees no carrier (as expected with wifi) and fails to do
anything else with it.
Revert this to unbreak userspace.
Reported-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Contrary to common expectations for an "int" return, these functions
return only a positive value -- if used correctly they cannot even
return 0 because the message header will necessarily be in the skb.
This makes the very common pattern of
if (genlmsg_end(...) < 0) { ... }
be a whole bunch of dead code. Many places also simply do
return nlmsg_end(...);
and the caller is expected to deal with it.
This also commonly (at least for me) causes errors, because it is very
common to write
if (my_function(...))
/* error condition */
and if my_function() does "return nlmsg_end()" this is of course wrong.
Additionally, there's not a single place in the kernel that actually
needs the message length returned, and if anyone needs it later then
it'll be very easy to just use skb->len there.
Remove this, and make the functions void. This removes a bunch of dead
code as described above. The patch adds lines because I did
- return nlmsg_end(...);
+ nlmsg_end(...);
+ return 0;
I could have preserved all the function's return values by returning
skb->len, but instead I've audited all the places calling the affected
functions and found that none cared. A few places actually compared
the return value with <= 0 in dump functionality, but that could just
be changed to < 0 with no change in behaviour, so I opted for the more
efficient version.
One instance of the error I've made numerous times now is also present
in net/phonet/pn_netlink.c in the route_dumpit() function - it didn't
check for <0 or <=0 and thus broke out of the loop every single time.
I've preserved this since it will (I think) have caused the messages to
userspace to be formatted differently with just a single message for
every SKB returned to userspace. It's possible that this isn't needed
for the tools that actually use this, but I don't even know what they
are so couldn't test that changing this behaviour would be acceptable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The return value from nl80211_send_station() is the length of the
skb, or a negative error, so abort sending the message only when
the return value was negative.
This fixes the ibss_rsn wpa_supplicant test case.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
one for a deadlock in regulatory processing.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=bMKg
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-01-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211
Just two fixes - one for an uninialized variable and
one for a deadlock in regulatory processing.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have
* a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
way newer Intel devices handle this
* a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
an AP instead of trying to wait for them
* a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
to not kick in too much for performance reasons
* improvements in wireless link statistics
* many other small improvements and small fixes that
didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
is testing only code)
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=vaEW
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-01-15' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Here's a big pile of changes for this round.
We have
* a lot of regulatory code changes to deal with the
way newer Intel devices handle this
* a change to drop packets while disconnecting from
an AP instead of trying to wait for them
* a new attempt at improving the tailroom accounting
to not kick in too much for performance reasons
* improvements in wireless link statistics
* many other small improvements and small fixes that
didn't seem necessary for 3.19 (e.g. in hwsim which
is testing only code)
Conflicts:
drivers/staging/rtl8723au/os_dep/ioctl_cfg80211.c
Minor overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some reason, we made the bandwidth separate flags, which
is rather confusing - a single rate cannot have different
bandwidths at the same time.
Change this to no longer be flags but use a separate field
for the bandwidth ('bw') instead.
While at it, add support for 5 and 10 MHz rates - these are
reported as regular legacy rates with their real bitrate,
but tagged as 5/10 now to make it easier to distinguish them.
In the nl80211 API, the flags are preserved, but the code
now can also clearly only set a single one of the flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec, so
it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver uses them
yet, this is also not a problem, just remove them.
In the userspace API the field remains reserved to preserve
API and ABI.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Send the netdetect configuration information in the response to
NL8021_CMD_GET_WOWLAN commands. This includes the scan interval,
SSIDs to match and frequencies to scan.
Additionally, add the NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT with
NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a system contains only self-managed regulatory devices all hints
from the regulatory core are ignored. Stop hint processing early in this
case. These systems usually don't have CRDA deployed, which results in
endless (irrelevent) logs of the form:
cfg80211: Calling CRDA to update world regulatory domain
Make sure there's at least one self-managed device before discarding a
hint, in order to prevent initial hints from disappearing on CRDA
managed systems.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A self-managed device will sometimes need to set its regdomain synchronously.
Notably it should be set before usermode has a chance to query it. Expose
a new API to accomplish this which requires the RTNL.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The same macros are used for rx as well. So rename it.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The base for the current statistics is pretty mixed up, support
exporting RX/TX statistics for MSDUs per TID. This (currently)
covers received MSDUs, transmitted MSDUs and retries/failures
thereof.
Doing it per TID for MSDUs makes more sense than say only per AC
because it's symmetric - we could export per-AC statistics for all
frames (which AC we used for transmission can be determined also
for management frames) but per TID is better and usually data
frames are really the ones we care about. Also, on RX we can't
determine the AC - but we do know the TID for any QoS MPDU we
received.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add these two values:
* BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer
* BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average for beacons only
These can then be used for Android Lollipop's statistics request.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is really just duplicating the list of information that's
already available in the nl80211 attribute, so remove the list.
Two small changes are needed:
* remove STATION_INFO_ASSOC_REQ_IES complete, but the length
(assoc_req_ies_len) can be used instead
* add NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC which exists internally
but not in nl80211 yet
This gets rid of the duplicate maintenance of the two lists.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a station is removed, its statistics may be interesting to
userspace, for example for further aggregation of statistics of
all stations that ever connected to an AP.
Introduce a new cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo() function (and make the
cfg80211_del_sta() a static inline calling it) to allow passing
a struct station_info along with this, and send the data in the
nl80211 event message.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the time spent scanning to the survey data so it can be
reported by drivers that collect such information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Not all devices are able to report survey data (particularly
time spent for various operations) per channel. As all these
statistics already exist in survey data, allow such devices
to report them (if userspace requested it)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All of the survey data is (currently) per channel anyway,
so having the word "channel" in the name does nothing. In
the next patch I'll introduce global data to the survey,
where the word "channel" is actually confusing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a P2P GO is active, the cfg80211_reg_can_beacon function will take
the wdev lock, in its call to cfg80211_go_permissive_chan. But the wdev lock
is already taken by the parent channel-checking function, causing a
deadlock.
Split the checking code into two parts. The first part will check if the
wdev is active and saves the channel under the wdev lock. The second part
will check actual channel validity according to type.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge mac80211.git to get some changes that would otherwise
cause conflicts with new changes coming here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Put the group names into the userspace API header file so that
userspace clients can use symbolic names from there instead of
hardcoding the actual names. This doesn't really change much,
but seems somewhat cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With the wiphy::features flag being used up this patch adds a
new field wiphy::ext_features. Considering extensibility this
new field is declared as a byte array. This extensible flag is
exposed to user-space by NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES.
Cc: Avinash Patil <patila@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Gautam (Gautam Kumar) Shukla <gautams@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 24a0aa212e.
It's causing severe userspace breakage. Namely, all the utilities from
wireless-utils which are relying on CONFIG_WEXT (which means tools like
'iwconfig', 'iwlist', etc) are not working anymore. There is a 'iw'
utility in newer wireless-tools, which is supposed to be a replacement
for all the "deprecated" binaries, but it's far away from being
massively adopted.
Please see [1] for example of the userspace breakage this is causing.
In addition to that, Larry Finger reports [2] that this patch is also
causing ipw2200 driver being impossible to build.
To me this clearly shows that CONFIG_WEXT is far, far away from being
"deprecated enough" to be removed.
[1] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/1857010
[2] http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/343688
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
An attribute NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER can be set by the scan initiator.
If present, the attribute will cause the scan to be stopped if the client
dies.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Because of possible races when accessing sched_scan_req pointer in
rdev, the sched_scan_req is converted to RCU pointer.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The custom-reg handling function can currently only add flags to a given
channel. This results in stale flags being left applied. In some cases
a channel was disabled and even the orig_flags were changed to reflect
this.
Previously the API was designed for a single invocation before wiphy
registration, so this didn't matter. The previous approach doesn't scale
well to self-managed regulatory devices, particularly when a more
permissive regdom is applied after a restrictive one.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a device has self-managed regulatory, insist on returning the wiphy
specific regdomain if a wiphy-idx is specified. The global regdomain is
meaningless for such devices.
Also add an attribute for self-managed devices, so usermode can
distinguish them as such.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new regulatory flag that allows a driver to manage regdomain
changes/updates for its own wiphy.
A self-managed wiphys only employs regulatory information obtained from
the FW and driver and does not use other cfg80211 sources like
beacon-hints, country-code IEs and hints from other devices on the same
system. Conversely, a self-managed wiphy does not share its regulatory
hints with other devices in the system. If a system contains several
devices, one or more of which are self-managed, there might be
contradictory regulatory settings between them. Usage of flag is
generally discouraged. Only use it if the FW/driver is incompatible
with non-locally originated hints.
A new API lets the driver send a complete regdomain, to be applied on
its wiphy only.
After a wiphy-specific regdomain change takes place, usermode will get
a new type of change notification. The regulatory core also takes care
enforce regulatory restrictions, in case some interfaces are on
forbidden channels.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Doron <jonathanx.doron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a wiphy-idx is specified, the kernel will return the wiphy specific
regdomain, if such exists. Otherwise return the global regdom.
When no wiphy-idx is specified, return the global regdomain as well as
all wiphy-specific regulatory domains in the system, via a new nested
list of attributes.
Add a new attribute for each wiphy-specific regdomain, for usermode to
identify it as such.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It allows to identify the wlan kind of device for the user application,
e.g.:
# ip -d link
1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 65536 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN mode DEFAULT group default
link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00 promiscuity 0
2: enp0s25: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
3: wlp3s0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff promiscuity 0
wlan
Signed-off-by: Vadim Kochan <vadim4j@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
[make wireless_link_ops const]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Ad-hoc requires beaconing for regulatory purposes. Validate that the
channel is valid for beaconing, and not only enabled.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can happen and there is no point in added more
detection code lower in the stack. Catching these in one
single point (cfg80211) is enough. Stop WARNING about this
case.
This fixes:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=89001
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 2f1c6c572d ("cfg80211: process non country IE conflicting first")
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code assigns a constant value (a pointer to a static variable)
to an RCU pointer, which results in a sparse warning:
reg.c:112:10: warning: cast adds address space to expression (<asn:4>)
Suppress this warning by using __force.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the already-set and intersect case of a driver-hint, the previous
wiphy regdomain was not freed before being reset with a copy of the
cfg80211 regdomain.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The VHT supported channel width field is a two bit integer, not a
bitfield. cfg80211_chandef_usable() was interpreting it incorrectly and
ended up rejecting 160 MHz channel width if the driver indicated support
for both 160 and 80+80 MHz channels.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.16+)
Fixes: 3d9d1d6656 ("nl80211/cfg80211: support VHT channel configuration")
(however, no real drivers had 160 MHz support it until 3.16)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some variables are assigned unconditionally, remove their
initialisations to help avoid introducing errors later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the regulatory settings change, some channels might become invalid.
Disconnect interfaces acting on these channels, after giving userspace
code a grace period to leave them.
This mode is currently opt-in, and not all interface operating modes are
supported for regulatory-enforcement checks. A wiphy that wishes to use
the new enforcement code must specify an appropriate regulatory flag,
and all its supported interface modes must be supported by the checking
code.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
[fix some indentation, typos]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This option has been marked for deprecation and removal for
a little more than two years, but it's not been very clearly
signalled since it was always possible to just select it.
Make it unselectable now to signal anyone who's still using
it after all this time more clearly. They can still get it
back, but only by patching the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
One of the cases for an invalid channel definition is that
the channel pointer is NULL, in which case the warning is
a bit late since we'll dereference the pointer. Bail out
of the function upon warning about this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Having it as a sub-event for RSSI thresholds is very ugly,
but luckily no userspace actually uses the events yet.
Move the event to its own function call internally and to
its own event attribute in nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Much of the code can be shared by moving it into helper functions
for the CQM event sending.
Also move the code closer together, even in the header file.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We have a channel pointer, and we use its center frequency
to look up a channel pointer - which will thus be exactly
the same as the original pointer.
Remove that pointless lookup and just use the pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Let the other listeners being notified when a new or del interface
command has been issued, thus reducing later necessary request to be in
sync with current context.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Replace NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER attribute with more generic
NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER that can be used with other commands
that interface creation.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Callback add_virtual_intf is supposed to return ERR_PTR and trying to
return NULL results in some "Unable to handle kernel paging request",
etc. As it may be complicated to debug & trace, let's catch it (WARN).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Explicitly initialize the DFS state and beacon found state when handling
channels in the custom regulatory path.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some channels fields were not being updated in the custom regulatory
path. Update them according to the code in handle_channel().
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Doron <jonathanx.doron@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the necessary feature flags and a scan flag to support using
random MAC addresses for scan while unassociated.
The configuration for this supports an arbitrary MAC address
value and mask, so that any kind of configuration (e.g. fixed
OUI or full 46-bit random) can be requested. Full 46-bit random
is the default when no other configuration is passed.
Also add a small helper function to use the addr/mask correctly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new WoWLAN API to enable net-detect as a wake up trigger.
Net-detect allows the device to scan in the background while the
host is asleep to wake up the host system when a matching network
is found.
Reuse the scheduled scan attributes to specify how the scan is
performed while suspended and the matches that will trigger a
wake event.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For net detect, we will need to reuse most of the scheduled scan
parsing function, but not all, so split out the attributes parsing
part out of the main start sched_scan function.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce commands to initiate and cancel TDLS channel-switching. Once
TDLS channel-switching is started, the lower level driver is responsible
for continually initiating channel-switch operations and returning to
the base (AP) channel to listen for beacons from time to time.
Upon cancellation of the channel-switch all communication between the
relevant TDLS peers will continue on the base channel.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This brings in some mwifiex changes that further patches will
need to work on top to not cause merge conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow setting bandwidth related regulatory flags. These flags are mapped
to the corresponding channel flags in the specified range.
Make sure the new flags are consulted when calculating the maximum
bandwidth allowed by a regulatory-rule.
Also allow propagating the GO_CONCURRENT modifier from a reg-rule to a
channel.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For multi-vif channel switches, we want to send
NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY to the userspace to let it decide whether
other interfaces need to be moved as well. This is needed when we
want a P2P GO interface to follow the channel of a station, for
example.
Modify the code so that all interfaces can send CSA notifications.
Additionally, send notifications for STA CSA as well.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new NL80211_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY message that can be sent to
the userspace when a channel switch process has started. This allows
userspace to take action, for instance, by requesting other interfaces
to switch channel as necessary.
This patch introduces a function that allows the drivers to send this
notification. It should be used when the driver starts processing a
channel switch initiated by a remote device (eg. when a STA receives a
CSA from the AP) and when it successfully starts a userspace-triggered
channel switch (eg. when hostapd triggers a channel swith in the AP).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
following:
* large mac80211-hwsim changes from Ben, Jukka and a bit myself
* OCB/WAVE/11p support from Rostislav on behalf of the Czech Technical
University in Prague and Volkswagen Group Research
* minstrel VHT work from Karl
* more CSA work from Luca
* WMM admission control support in mac80211 (myself)
* various smaller fixes, spelling corrections, and minor API additions
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=6GIj
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-11-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"This relatively large batch of changes is comprised of the
following:
* large mac80211-hwsim changes from Ben, Jukka and a bit myself
* OCB/WAVE/11p support from Rostislav on behalf of the Czech Technical
University in Prague and Volkswagen Group Research
* minstrel VHT work from Karl
* more CSA work from Luca
* WMM admission control support in mac80211 (myself)
* various smaller fixes, spelling corrections, and minor API additions"
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/cfg80211.c
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Netlink command for nl80211_send_mpath() should be NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch adds new iface type (NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB) representing
the OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode.
When establishing a connection to the network a cfg80211_join_ocb
function is called (particular nl80211_command is added as well).
A mandatory parameters during the ocb_join operation are 'center
frequency' and 'channel width (5/10 MHz)'.
Changes done in mac80211 are minimal possible required to avoid
many warnings (warning: enumeration value 'NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB'
not handled in switch) during compilation. Full functionality
(where needed) is added in the following patch.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Most code avoids having a default case in interface type switch
statements already, to make it easier to find places that need
to be extended. Change the code in the __cfg80211_leave() and
nl80211_key_allowed() functions to not have a default case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The helper function can't ever create negative values, so use
u32 pointers as the function arguments as the caller does.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
radar_detect_width is unused since commit 97dc94f1d9
("cfg80211: remove channel_switch combination check")
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is useful when creating virtual interfaces.
Keeps udev from mucking with things it shouldn't, since
the default MAC is never seen by udev when specified on
the cmd-line during creation.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[check for feature flag in nl80211 to force drivers to set it]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Kernel will attempt to use the name if it is supplied,
but if name cannot be used for some reason, the default
phyX name will be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[while at it, use wiphy_name() instead of dev_name(),
fix format string issue reported by Kees Cook]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During the review of the corresponding wpa_supplicant patches we
noticed that the only way for it to detect that this functionality
is supported currently is to check for the command support. This
can be misleading though, as the command was also designed to, in
the future, support pure 802.11 TSPECs.
Expose the WMM-TSPEC feature flag to nl80211 so later we can also
expose an 802.11-TSPEC feature flag (if needed) to differentiate
the two cases.
Note: this change isn't needed in 3.18 as there's no driver there
yet that supports the functionality at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The optional NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
attributes can now be included in NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION to indicate to
the driver which frame (Deauthentication/Disassociation) and reason code
in that frame should be used to indicate removal to the specific
station. This is used by drivers that implement AP SME and generate
those frames internally.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes it easier to add new parameters for the del_station calls
without having to modify all drivers that use this.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In kernel we have %*pE specifier to print an escaped buffer. All users
now switched to that approach.
This fixes a bug as well. The current implementation wrongly prints
octal numbers: only two first digits are used in case when 3 are
required and the rest of the string ends up cut off.
Additionally by default the \f, \v, \a, and \e are escaped to their
alphabetic representation. It's safe to do since it is currently used
for messaging only.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Cc: "John W . Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
ATM, specifying the frequency when connecting sends a void 'supported
rates' EID.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
[fix memory leak in error path]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The nl80211 channel switch count attribute
(NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT) is specified as u32, but the
specification uses u8 for the counter. To make sure strange things
don't happen without informing the user, sanity check the value and
return -EINVAL if it doesn't fit in u8.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add two new cfg80211 operations for querying a table with proxied mesh
paths.
Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-09-22
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.18 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"This time, I have some rate minstrel improvements, support for a very
small feature from CCX that Steinar reverse-engineered, dynamic ACK
timeout support, a number of changes for TDLS, early support for radio
resource measurement and many fixes. Also, I'm changing a number of
places to clear key memory when it's freed and Intel claims copyright
for code they developed."
For the bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here are some more patches intended for 3.18. Most of them are cleanups
or fixes for SMP. The only exception is a fix for BR/EDR L2CAP fixed
channels which should now work better together with the L2CAP
information request procedure."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I fix here dvm which was broken by my last pull request. Arik
continues to work on TDLS and Luca solved a few issues in CT-Kill. Eyal
keeps digging into rate scaling code, more to come soon. Besides this,
nothing really special here."
Beyond that, there are the usual big batches of updates to ath9k, b43,
mwifiex, and wil6210 as well as a handful of other bits here and there.
Also, rtlwifi gets some btcoexist attention from Larry.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Had to adjust the wil6210 code to comply with Joe Perches's recent
change in net-next to make the netdev_*() routines return void instead
of 'int'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
arch/mips/net/bpf_jit.c
drivers/net/can/flexcan.c
Both the flexcan and MIPS bpf_jit conflicts were cases of simple
overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
small feature from CCX that Steinar reverse-engineered, dynamic ACK
timeout support, a number of changes for TDLS, early support for radio
resource measurement and many fixes. Also, I'm changing a number of
places to clear key memory when it's freed and Intel claims copyright
for code they developed.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=OPIp
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-09-12' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"This time, I have some rate minstrel improvements, support for a very
small feature from CCX that Steinar reverse-engineered, dynamic ACK
timeout support, a number of changes for TDLS, early support for radio
resource measurement and many fixes. Also, I'm changing a number of
places to clear key memory when it's freed and Intel claims copyright
for code they developed."
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/iface.c
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add feature bits to indicate device support for
static-smps and dynamic-smps modes.
Add a new NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE attribue to allow
configuring the smps mode to be used by the ap
(e.g. configuring to ap to dynamic smps mode will
reduce power consumption while having minor effect
on throughput)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Userspace might need to know what queues are configured
for uapsd (e.g. for setting proper default values in tspecs).
Add this bitmap to the association event (inside wmm
nested attribute)
Add additional parameter to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp,
and update its callers.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add nl80211 and driver API to validate, add and delete traffic
streams with appropriate settings.
The API calls for userspace doing the action frame handshake
with the peer, and then allows only to set up the parameters
in the driver. To avoid setting up a session only to tear it
down again, the validate API is provided, but the real usage
later can still fail so userspace must be prepared for that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clear any nl80211 messages that might contain keys after
processing them to avoid leaving their data in memory
"forever" after they've been freed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to put the values on the stack, just pass a
pointer to the data in the nl80211 message. This reduces stack
usage and avoids potential issues with putting sensitive data
on the stack.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When freeing the keys stored for wireless extensions, clear the memory
to avoid having the key material stick around in memory "forever".
Similarly, when userspace overwrites a key, actually clear it instead
of just setting the key length to zero.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When freeing the connect keys, clear the memory to avoid
having the key material stick around in memory "forever".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enable ACK timeout estimation algorithm (dynack) using mac80211
set_coverage_class API. Dynack is activated passing coverage class equals to -1
to lower drivers and it is automatically disabled setting valid value for
coverage class.
Define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute to enable dynack from
userspace. In order to activate dynack NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature
flag must be set by lower drivers to indicate dynack capability.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The regdom intersection code simply tries intersecting
each rule of the source with each rule of the target.
Since the resulting intersections are not observed
as a whole, this can result in multiple overlapping/duplicate
entries.
Make the rule addition a bit more smarter, by looking
for rules that can be contained within other rules,
and adding only extended ones.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a flag attribute to use in associations, for tagging the target
connection as supporting RRM. It is the responsibility of upper
layers to set this flag only if both the underlying device, and the
target network indeed support RRM.
To be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT commands.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but
we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright
notice.
For files that we have modified in the time since the change,
add the proper copyright notice now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
performance improvements, and various patches all over,
rather than listing them one might as well look into the
git log instead.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----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=Qth6
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-john-2014-08-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> says:
"Not that much content this time. Some RCU cleanups, crypto
performance improvements, and various patches all over,
rather than listing them one might as well look into the
git log instead."
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/wil6210/wmi.c
In testmode and vendor command reply/event SKBs we use the
skb cb data to store nl80211 parameters between allocation
and sending. This causes the code for CONFIG_NETLINK_MMAP
to get confused, because it takes ownership of the skb cb
data when the SKB is handed off to netlink, and it doesn't
explicitly clear it.
Clear the skb cb explicitly when we're done and before it
gets passed to netlink to avoid this issue.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [this goes way back]
Reported-by: Assaf Azulay <assaf.azulay@intel.com>
Reported-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When using the cfg80211_inform_bss[_width]() functions drivers
cannot currently indicate whether the data was received in a
beacon or probe response. Fix that by passing a new enum that
indicates such (or unknown).
For good measure, use it in ath6kl.
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath6kl]
Acked-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com> [brcmfmac]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a few possible cases of where BSS data came from:
1) only a beacon has been received
2) only a probe response has been received
3) the driver didn't report what it received (this happens when
using cfg80211_inform_bss[_width]())
4) both probe response and beacon data has been received
Unfortunately, in the userspace API, a few things weren't there:
a) there was no way to differentiate cases 1) and 4) above
without comparing the data of the IEs
b) the TSF was always from the last frame, instead of being
exposed for beacon/probe response separately like IEs
Fix this by
i) exporting a new flag attribute that indicates whether or
not probe response data has been received - this addresses (a)
ii) exporting a BEACON_TSF attribute that holds the beacon's TSF
if a beacon has been received
iii) not exporting the beacon attributes in case (3) above as that
would just lead userspace into thinking the data actually came
from a beacon when that isn't clear
To implement this, track inside the IEs struct whether or not it
(definitely) came from a beacon.
Reported-by: William Seto
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit dda444d524.
Channel switching code has been reworked and
improved significantly since the time original
locking issues were found.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the cfg80211_rx_mgmt(), parameter @gfp was used for the memory allocation.
But, memory get allocated under spin_lock_bh(), this implies atomic context.
So, one can't use GFP_KERNEL, only variants with no __GFP_WAIT. Actually, in all
occurrences GFP_ATOMIC is used (wil6210 use GFP_KERNEL by mistake),
and it should be this way or warning triggered in the memory allocation code.
Remove @gfp parameter as no actual choice exist, and use hard coded
GFP_ATOMIC for memory allocation.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently it can send regulatory domain change notification before any
NEW_WIPHY notification. Moreover, if rfill_register() fails, calling
wiphy_unregister() will send a DEL_WIPHY though no NEW_WIPHY had been
sent previously.
Thus reordering so it properly notifies NEW_WIPHY before any other.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since "wireless-regdb: remove antenna gain" was merged in the
wireless-regdb tree, the awk script parser has been incompatible
with the 'official' regulatory database. This fixes that up.
Without this change the max EIRP is set to 0 making 802.11 devices
useless.
The fragile nature of the awk parser must be replaced, but ideas
over how to do that in the most scalable way are being reviewed.
In the meantime update the documentation for CFG80211_INTERNAL_REGDB
so folks are aware of expectations for now.
Reported-by: John Walker <john@x109.net>
Reported-by: Krishna Chaitanya <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some VHT TDLS peers (Google Nexus 5) include the VHT-AID IE in their
TDLS setup request/response. Usermode passes this aid as the station
aid, causing it to fail verifiction, since this happens in the
"set_station" stage. Make an exception for the TDLS use-case.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
tsc can be NULL (mac80211 currently always passes NULL),
resulting in NULL-dereference. check before copying it.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Driver is now responsible for veryfing if the
switch is possible.
Since this is inherently tricky driver may decide
to disconnect an interface later with
cfg80211_stop_iface().
This doesn't mean driver can accept everything. It
should do it's best to verify requests and reject
them as soon as possible.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The non-split wiphy state shouldn't be increased in size
so move the new set_qos_map command into the split if
statement.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.14+)
Fixes: fa9ffc7456 ("cfg80211: Add support for QoS mapping")
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TDLS initiator is set once during link setup. If determines the
address ordering in the link identifier IE.
Fix dependent drivers - mwifiex and mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
MAX_JIFFY_OFFSET has no meaning when calculating the
elapsed jiffies, as jiffies run out until ULONG_MAX.
This miscalculation results in erroneous values
in case of a wrap-around.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 8eca1fb692.
Felix notes that this broke regulatory, leaving channel 12 open for AP
operation in the US regulatory domain where it isn't permitted.
Link: http://mid.gmane.org/53A6C0FF.9090104@openwrt.org
Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, cfg80211 tries to implement ethtool, but that doesn't
really scale well, with all the different operations. Make the
lower-level driver responsible for it, which currently only has
an effect on mac80211. It will similarly not scale well at that
level though, since mac80211 also has many drivers.
To cleanly implement this in mac80211, introduce a new file and
move some code to appropriate places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Generalize the power conversion from mW to dBm
using log. This should fix the below compilation
error for country NO which adds a new power value
2000mW which is not handled earlier.
CC [M] net/wireless/wext-sme.o
CC [M] net/wireless/regdb.o
net/wireless/regdb.c:1130:1: error: Unknown undeclared here (not in
a function)
net/wireless/regdb.c:1130:9: error: expected } before power
make[2]: *** [net/wireless/regdb.o] Error 1
make[1]: *** [net/wireless] Error 2
make: *** [net] Error 2
Reported-By: John Walker <john@x109.net>
Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[remove unneeded parentheses, fix rounding by using %.0f]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We're currently sending NEW_WIPHY events for renames (which
is a bit odd, but now can't be changed), but also send them
for really new devices that register.
Also send DEL_WIPHY events when a device is removed, the
event ID for this was already reserved.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channels in 2.4GHz band overlap, this means that if we
send a probe request on channel 1 and then move to channel
2, we will hear the probe response on channel 2. In this
case, the RSSI will be lower than if we had heard it on
the channel on which it was sent (1 in this case).
The firmware / low level driver can parse the channel in
the DS IE or HT IE and compensate the RSSI so that it will
still have a valid value even if we heard the frame on an
adjacent channel. This can be done up to a certain offset.
Add this offset as a configuration for the low level driver.
A low level driver that can compensate the low RSSI in this
case should assign the maximal offset for which the RSSI
value is still valid.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Otherwise every "indoor" setting by usermode will cause a regdomain reset.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement and export the new cfg80211_get_station() API.
This utility can be used by other kernel modules to obtain
detailed information about a given wireless station.
It will be in particular useful to batman-adv which will
implement a wireless rate based metric.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Users may need information about the expected throughput
towards a given peer.
This value is supposed to consider the size overhead
generated by the 802.11 header.
This value is exported in kbps through the get_station() API
by including it into the station_info object.
Moreover, it is sent to user space when replying to the
nl80211 GET_STATION command.
This information will be useful to the batman-adv module
which will use it for its new metric computation.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This requires changing the nl80211 parsing code a bit to use
intermediate pointers for the allocation, but clarifies the
API towards the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This also propagates through the drivers.
The orinoco driver uses the cfg80211 API structs for internal
bookkeeping, and so needs a (void *) cast that removes the
const - but that's OK because it allocates those pointers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change the type of NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON and
NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP to be NLA_BINARY which allows
userspace to use beacons and probe responses with
multiple CSA counters.
This isn't breaking the API since userspace can
continue to use nla_put_u16 for this attributes, which
is equivalent to a single element u16 array.
In addition advertise max number of supported CSA counters.
This is needed when using CSA and eCSA IEs together.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX which holds an array
of offsets to the CSA counters which should be updated
when sending a management frames with NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
This API should be used by the drivers that wish to keep the
CSA counter updated in probe responses, but do not implement
probe response offloading and so, do not use
ieee80211_proberesp_get function.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is no need to pass NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED when calling
cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() since we always already have the
interface type. So, pass the actual interface type instead.
Additionally, have cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() WARN if the passed
interface type is NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, so we can detect
problems more easily.
Tested-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reported-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
At the moment, the ath9k/ath10k DFS module only supports detecting ETSI
radar patterns.
Add a bitmap in the interface combinations, indicating which DFS regions
are supported by the detector. If unset, support for all regions is
assumed.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole
stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being
up while the hardware is down etc.
Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a
lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having
the whole stack get messed up.
Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This exports a new cfg80211_stop_iface() function.
This is intended for driver internal interface
combination management and channel switching.
Due to locking issues (it re-enters driver) the
call is asynchronous and uses cfg80211 event
list/worker.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add locked-version for cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped.
This is used for some users that might want to
call it when rtnl is already locked.
Fixes: d43c6b6 ("mac80211: reschedule sched scan after HW restart")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.14+)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211 is notified about connection failures by
__cfg80211_connect_result() call. However, this
function currently does not free cfg80211 sme.
This results in hanging connection attempts in some cases
e.g. when mac80211 authentication attempt is denied,
we have this function call:
ieee80211_rx_mgmt_auth() -> cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt() ->
cfg80211_process_auth() -> cfg80211_sme_rx_auth() ->
__cfg80211_connect_result()
but cfg80211_sme_free() is never get called.
Fixes: ceca7b712 ("cfg80211: separate internal SME implementation")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org (3.10+)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These really can't trigger unless somebody messes up the code,
but don't make debugging it needlessly complicated, WARN and
return instead of BUG_ON().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This extends NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL to allow dynamic channel bandwidth
changes in AP mode (including P2P GO) during a lifetime of the BSS. This
can be used to implement, e.g., HT 20/40 MHz co-existence rules on the
2.4 GHz band.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Current code checks if the 20MHz bandwidth is allowed for
particular channel -- if it is not, the channel is disabled.
Since we need to use 5/10 MHz channels, this code is modified in
the way that the default bandwidth to check is 5MHz. If the
maximum bandwidth allowed by the channel is smaller than 5MHz,
the channel is disabled. Otherwise the channel is used and the
flags are set according to the bandwidth allowed by the channel.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since there are frequency bands (e.g. 5.9GHz) allowing channels
with only 10 or 5 MHz bandwidth, this patch adds attributes that
allow keeping track about this information.
When channel attributes are reported to user-space, make sure to
not break old tools, i.e. if the 'split wiphy dump' is enabled,
report the extra attributes (if present) describing the bandwidth
restrictions. If the 'split wiphy dump' is not enabled,
completely omit those channels that have flags set to either
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ or IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ.
Add the check for new bandwidth restriction flags in
cfg80211_chandef_usable() to comply with the restrictions.
Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Return NOTIFY_DONE if we don't care this time's notification, return
NOTIFY_OK if we successfully handled this time's notification. That's
the formal way to do it.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Name wiphy_to_rdev is more accurate to describe what the function
does, i.e., return a pointer pointing to struct
cfg80211_registered_device.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Name "dev" is too common and ambiguous, let all the pointer name
pointing to struct cfg80211_registered_device be "rdev". This can
improve code readability and consistency(since other places have
already called it rdev).
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch splits cfg80211_check_combinations()
into an iterator function and a simple iteration
user.
This makes it possible for drivers to asses how
many channels can use given iftype setup. This in
turn can be used for future
multi-interface/multi-channel channel switching.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
At some locations, channels 149-165 are considered a single
bundle, while at some other locations, e.g., Indonesia, channels
149-161 are considered a single bundle, while channel 165 belongs
to a different bundle. This means that:
1. A station interface connection to an AP on channel 165 allows
the instantiation of a P2P GO on channels 149-165.
2. A station interface connection to an AP on channels 149-161
does NOT allow the instantiation of a P2P GO on channel 165.
Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows processing of the last regulatory request when
we determine its still pending. Without this if a regulatory
request failed to get processed by userspace we wouldn't
be able to re-process it later. An example situation that can
lead to an unprocessed last_request is enabling cfg80211 to
be built-in to the kernel, not enabling CFG80211_INTERNAL_REGDB
and the CRDA binary not being available at the time the udev
rule that kicks of CRDA triggers.
In such a situation we want to let some cfg80211 triggers
eventually kick CRDA for us again. Without this if the first
cycle attempt to kick off CRDA failed we'd be stuck without
the ability to change process any further regulatory domains.
cfg80211 will trigger re-processing of the regulatory queue
whenever schedule_work(®_work) is called, currently this
happens when:
* suspend / resume
* disconnect
* a beacon hint gets triggered (non DFS 5 GHz AP found)
* a regulatory request gets added to the queue
We don't have any specific opportunistic late boot triggers
to address a late mount of where CRDA resides though, adding
that should be done separately through another patch.
Without an opportunistic fix then this fix relies at least
one of the triggeres above to happen.
Reported-by: Sander Eikelenboom <linux@eikelenboom.it>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Avoid freeing the last request while it is being processed. This can
happen in some cases if reg_work is kicked for some reason while the
currently pending request is in flight.
Cc: Sander Eikelenboom <linux@eikelenboom.it>
Tested-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Set DFS CAC time also in case of using custom
and strict regulatory from drivers. In other case
we could have unset DFS CAC time directly after
driver loaded and before issue regulatory set from
user mode.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When looking for a BSS matching given parameters, ignore invalid
BSSIDs. This avoids, for example, trying to join an IBSS that has
a multicast BSSID, which isn't supported by all drivers nor is it
a valid configuration of the IBSS so better create a new one with
a correctly chosen random BSSID.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211_wext_freq() is declared in wext-compat.h, but its
parameter struct wiphy's declaration is not included there.
As the parameter isn't used, just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
[remove parameter instead of changing to netdev]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All bits from radar_detect must match combination
radar bitmask. Otherwise it is theoretically
possible to lead into an invalid combination
provided a driver reports strange combinations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Get rid of the cfg80211_can_add_interface() and
cfg80211_can_change_interface() functions by moving that functionality
to mac80211. With this patch all interface combination checks are now
out of cfg80211 (except for the channel switch case which will be
addressed in a future commit).
Additionally, modify the ieee80211_check_combinations() function so
that an undefined chandef can be passed, in order to use it before a
channel is defined.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that mac80211 can check the interface combinations itself, move
the combinations check from cfg80211 to mac80211 when joining an IBSS.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the counting part of the interface combination check from
cfg80211 to mac80211.
This is needed to simplify locking when the driver has to perform a
combination check by itself (eg. with channel-switch).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some interface types don't require DFS (such as STATION, P2P_CLIENT
etc). In order to centralize these decisions, make
cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required() take the iftype into consideration.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Separate the code that counts the interface types and channels from
the code that check the interface combinations. The new function that
checks for combinations is exported so it can be called by the
drivers.
This is done in preparation for moving the interface combinations
checks out of cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow GO operation on a channel marked with IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY
iff there is a user hint indicating that the platform is operating in
an indoor environment, i.e., the platform is a printer or media center
device.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the option to hint the wireless core that it is operating in an indoor
environment.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow GO operation on a channel marked with IEEE80211_CHAN_GO_CONCURRENT
iff there is an active station interface that is associated to
an AP operating on the same channel in the 2 GHz band or the same UNII band
(in the 5 GHz band). This relaxation is not allowed if the channel is
marked with IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR.
Note that this is a permissive approach to the FCC definitions,
that require a clear assessment that the device operating the AP is
an authorized master, i.e., with radar detection and DFS capabilities.
It is assumed that such restrictions are enforced by user space.
Furthermore, it is assumed, that if the conditions that allowed for
the operation of the GO on such a channel change, i.e., the station
interface disconnected from the AP, it is the responsibility of user
space to evacuate the GO from the channel.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the regulatory cellular base station hints support under
a specific configuration option and make the option depend
on CFG80211_CERTIFICATION_ONUS.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The FCC are clarifying some soft configuration requirements,
which among other include the following:
1. Indoor operation, where a device can use channels requiring indoor
operation, subject to that it can guarantee indoor operation,
i.e., the device is connected to AC Power or the device is under
the control of a local master that is acting as an AP and is
connected to AC Power.
2. Concurrent GO operation, where devices may instantiate a P2P GO
while they are under the guidance of an authorized master. For example,
on a channel on which a BSS is connected to an authorized master, i.e.,
with DFS and radar detection capability in the UNII band.
See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
Add support for advertising Indoor-only and GO-Concurrent channel
properties.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Wdev->ssid_len has already been set in cfg80211_connect() and is equal
to connect->ssid_len. Use wdev->ssid_len instead of connect->ssid_len
so it will be consistent with previous ssid assignment statement.
If bss is found in cfg80211_get_conn_bss(), wdev->conn->state is set
to CFG80211_CONN_AUTHENTICATE_NEXT in there. So it's not needed to set
it manually to CFG80211_CONN_AUTHENTICATE_NEXT if bss is found in that
function.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
rcu_assign_pointer() ensures that the initialization of a structure is
carried out before storing a pointer to that structure. However, in the
case that NULL is assigned there's no structure to initialize so using
RCU_INIT_POINTER instead is safe and more efficient.
Signed-off-by: Monam Agarwal <monamagarwal123@gmail.com>
[rewrite commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When dynamically creating interfaces from userspace, e.g. for P2P usage,
such interfaces are usually owned by the process that created them, i.e.
wpa_supplicant. Should wpa_supplicant crash, such interfaces will often
cease operating properly and cause problems on restarting the process.
To avoid this problem, introduce an ownership concept for interfaces. If
an interface is owned by a netlink socket, then it will be destroyed if
the netlink socket is closed for any reason, including if the process it
belongs to crashed. This gives us a race-free way to get rid of any such
interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Macro ASSERT_RDEV_LOCK(rdev) is equal to ASSERT_RTNL(), so replace it
with ASSERT_RTNL() and remove it.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
RCU pointer bss->pub.beacon_ies is checked before in previous
statement:
if (rcu_access_pointer(bss->pub.beacon_ies))
continue;
There is no need to check it twice(and in the wrong way :) ).
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On 2.4Ghz band, the channels overlap since the delta
between different channels is 5Mhz while the width of the
receiver is 20Mhz (at least).
This means that we can hear beacons or probe responses from
adjacent channels. These frames will have a significant
lower RSSI which will feed all kinds of logic with inaccurate
data. An obvious example is the roaming algorithm that will
think our AP is getting weak and will try to move to another
AP.
In order to avoid this, update the signal only if the frame
has been heard on the same channel as the one advertised by
the AP in its DS / HT IEs.
We refrain from updating the values only if the AP is
already in the BSS list so that we will still have a valid
(but inaccurate) value if the AP was heard on an adjacent
channel only.
To achieve this, stop taking the channel from DS / HT IEs
in mac80211. The DS / HT IEs is taken into account to
discard the frame if it was received on a disabled channel.
This can happen due to the same phenomenon: the frame is
sent on channel 12, but heard on channel 11 while channel
12 can be disabled on certain devices. Since this check
is done in cfg80211, stop even checking this in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[remove unused rx_freq variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Function __cfg80211_join_ibss() is only used in net/wireless/ibss.c,
so make it static.
Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/r8152.c
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
Both the r8152 and netback conflicts were simple overlapping
changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/recv.c
drivers/net/wireless/mwifiex/pcie.c
net/ipv6/sit.c
The SIT driver conflict consists of a bug fix being done by hand
in 'net' (missing u64_stats_init()) whilst in 'net-next' a helper
was created (netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats()) which takes care of this.
The two wireless conflicts were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
MPLS labels may contain traffic control information, which should be
evaluated and used by the wireless subsystem if present.
Also check for IEEE 802.21 which is always network control traffic.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In certain situations we want to trigger reprocessing
of the last regulatory hint. One situation in which
this makes sense is the case where the cfg80211 was
built-in to the kernel, CFG80211_INTERNAL_REGDB was not
enabled and the CRDA binary is on a partition not availble
during early boot. In such a case we want to be able to
re-process the same request at some other point.
When we are asked to re-process the same request we need
to be careful to not kfree it, addresses that.
Reported-by: Sander Eikelenboom <linux@eikelenboom.it>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[rename function]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of AP mode, the beacon interval is already reset to
zero inside cfg80211_stop_ap(), and in the other modes it
isn't relevant. Remove the assignment to remove a potential
race since the assignment isn't properly locked.
Reported-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit "nl80211: send event when AP operation is stopped" added an
event to notify user space that an AP interface has been stopped, to
handle cases such as suspend etc. The event is sent regardless
if the stop AP flow was triggered by user space or due to internal state
change.
This might cause issues with wpa_supplicant/hostapd flows that consider
stop AP flow as a synchronous one, e.g., AP/GO channel change in the
absence of CSA support. In such cases, the flow will restart the AP
immediately after the stop AP flow is done, and only handle the stop
AP event after the current flow is done, and as a result stop the AP
again.
Change the current implementation to only send the event in case the
stop AP was triggered due to an internal reason.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Send Channel Availability Check time as a parameter
of start_radar_detection() callback.
Get CAC time from regulatory database.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce DFS CAC time as a regd param, configured per REG_RULE and
set per channel in cfg80211. DFS CAC time is close connected with
regulatory database configuration. Instead of using hardcoded values,
get DFS CAC time form regulatory database. Pass DFS CAC time to user
mode (mainly for iw reg get, iw list, iw info). Allow setting DFS CAC
time via CRDA. Add support for internal regulatory database.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[rewrap commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow to set world regulatory domain in case of user
request (iw reg set 00).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reset regdomain to world regdomain in case
of errors in set_regdom() function.
This will fix a problem with such scenario:
- iw reg set US
- iw reg set 00
- iw reg set US
The last step always fail and we get deadlock
in kernel regulatory code. Next setting new
regulatory wasn't possible due to:
Pending regulatory request, waiting for it to be processed...
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need for the struct device_type with the uevent function
etc., just fill the country alpha2 when sending the event.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We don't have to double check whether the parameters passed to
cfg80211_can_use_iftype_chan() are correct. We should just make sure
they *are* when we call this function.
Remove the radar_detect argument check in
cfg80211_can_use_iftype_chan() to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[keep braces around a long comment + single statement]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since mesh support for DFS channels was added, we also need to check
for DFS channels when performing a channel switch with
NL80211_IFTYPE_MESHPOINT.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
[use switch statement, slight code cleanup]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW rule flag. If this flag set
maximum available bandwidth should be calculated base on
contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
In case of old kernels maximum bandwidth from regulatory
rule will be used, while there is no NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW flag.
This fixes the previous commit 9752482083
("cfg80211: regulatory introduce maximum bandwidth calculation")
which was found to be a problem for userspace API compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[edit commit log, use sizeof()]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While framing the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame, the driver needs to
know if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable and thus shall construct
the VHT/HT operation / WMM parameter elements accordingly. Supplicant
determines if the TDLS peer is VHT/HT/WMM capable based on the
presence of the respective IEs in the received TDLS Setup Response frame.
The host driver should not need to parse the received TDLS Response
frame and thus, should be able to rely on the supplicant to indicate
the capability of the peer through additional flags while transmitting
the TDLS Setup Confirmation frame through tdls_mgmt operations.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt Undekari <usdutt@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After processing hint_user, we would want to schedule the
timeout work only if we are actually waiting to CRDA. This happens
when the status is not "IGNORE" nor "ALREADY_SET".
Signed-off-by: Inbal Hacohen <Inbal.Hacohen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
One of my pet coding style peeves is the practice of
adding extra return; at the end of function.
Kill several instances of this in network code.
I suppose some coccinelle wizardy could do this automatically.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We've already checked the IE length and assigned request->ie
based on that, so continue using it to make the code a bit
clearer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no driver using this flag and consequently no userspace
application is actually looking at it. As it seems unlikely for
any driver to start using it, remove it and the (very little)
code that used it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to the previous commit, when a scan finishes, it is in theory
possible to hit the following sequence:
1. interface starts being removed
2. scan is cancelled by driver and cfg80211 is notified
3. scan done work is scheduled
4. interface is removed completely, rdev->scan_req is freed,
event sent to userspace but scan done work remains pending
5. new scan is requested on another virtual interface
6. scan done work runs, freeing the still-running scan
To fix this situation, hang on to the scan done message and block
new scans while that is the case, and only send the message from
the work function, regardless of whether the scan_req is already
freed from interface removal. This makes step 5 above impossible
and changes step 6 to be
5. scan done work runs, sending the scan done message
As this can't work for wext, so we send the message immediately,
but this shouldn't be an issue since we still return -EBUSY.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an interface/wdev is removed, any ongoing scan should be
cancelled by the driver. This will make it call cfg80211, which
only queues a work struct. If interface/wdev removal is quick
enough, this can leave the scan request pending and processed
only after the interface is gone, causing a use-after-free.
Fix this by making sure the scan request is not pending after
the interface is destroyed. We can't flush or cancel the work
item due to locking concerns, but when it'll run it shouldn't
find anything to do. This leaves a potential issue, if a new
scan gets requested before the work runs, it prematurely stops
the running scan, potentially causing another crash. I'll fix
that in the next patch.
This was particularly observed with P2P_DEVICE wdevs, likely
because freeing them is quicker than freeing netdevs.
Reported-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Fixes: 4a58e7c384 ("cfg80211: don't "leak" uncompleted scans")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Unfortunately I forgot this during the merge window, but the
patch seems small enough to go in as a fix. The userspace API
bug that was the reason for disabling it has long been fixed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the netlink skb is exhausted split_start is left set. In the
subsequent retry, with a larger buffer, the dump is continued from the
failing point instead of from the beginning.
This was causing my rt28xx based USB dongle to now show up when
running "iw list" with an old iw version without split dump support.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Fixes: 3713b4e364 ("nl80211: allow splitting wiphy information in dumps")
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
[avoid the entire workaround when state->split is set]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case we will get regulatory request with rule
where max_bandwidth_khz is set to 0 handle this
case as a special one.
If max_bandwidth_khz == 0 we should calculate maximum
available bandwidth base on all frequency contiguous rules.
In case we need auto calculation we just have to set:
country PL: DFS-ETSI
(2402 - 2482 @ 40), (N/A, 20)
(5170 - 5250 @ AUTO), (N/A, 20)
(5250 - 5330 @ AUTO), (N/A, 20), DFS
(5490 - 5710 @ 80), (N/A, 27), DFS
This mean we will calculate maximum bw for rules where
AUTO (N/A) were set, 160MHz (5330 - 5170) in example above.
So we will get:
(5170 - 5250 @ 160), (N/A, 20)
(5250 - 5330 @ 160), (N/A, 20), DFS
In other case:
country FR: DFS-ETSI
(2402 - 2482 @ 40), (N/A, 20)
(5170 - 5250 @ AUTO), (N/A, 20)
(5250 - 5330 @ 80), (N/A, 20), DFS
(5490 - 5710 @ 80), (N/A, 27), DFS
We will get 80MHz (5250 - 5170):
(5170 - 5250 @ 80), (N/A, 20)
(5250 - 5330 @ 80), (N/A, 20), DFS
Base on this calculations we will set correct channel
bandwidth flags (eg. IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ).
We don't need any changes in CRDA or internal regulatory.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[extend nl80211 description a bit, fix typo]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It was possible to break interface combinations in
the following way:
combo 1: iftype = AP, num_ifaces = 2, num_chans = 2,
combo 2: iftype = AP, num_ifaces = 1, num_chans = 1, radar = HT20
With the above interface combinations it was
possible to:
step 1. start AP on DFS channel by matching combo 2
step 2. start AP on non-DFS channel by matching combo 1
This was possible beacuse (step 2) did not consider
if other interfaces require radar detection.
The patch changes how cfg80211 tracks channels -
instead of channel itself now a complete chandef
is stored.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When receiving an IBSS_JOINED event select the BSS object
based on the {bssid, channel} couple rather than the bssid
only.
With the current approach if another cell having the same
BSSID (but using a different channel) exists then cfg80211
picks up the wrong BSS object.
The result is a mismatching channel configuration between
cfg80211 and the driver, that can lead to any sort of
problem.
The issue can be triggered by having an IBSS sitting on
given channel and then asking the driver to create a new
cell using the same BSSID but with a different frequency.
By passing the channel to cfg80211_get_bss() we can solve
this ambiguity and retrieve/create the correct BSS object.
All the users of cfg80211_ibss_joined() have been changed
accordingly.
Moreover WARN when cfg80211_ibss_joined() gets a NULL
channel as argument and remove a bogus call of the same
function in ath6kl (it does not make sense to call
cfg80211_ibss_joined() with a zero BSSID on ibss-leave).
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Cc: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@iki.fi>
Cc: libertas-dev@lists.infradead.org
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
[minor code cleanup in ath6kl]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For better use of CPU idle time, allow the scheduler to select the CPU
on which the timeout work of regulatory settings would be executed.
This extends CPU idle residency time and saves power.
This functionality is enabled when CONFIG_WQ_POWER_EFFICIENT is selected.
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Shaibal Dutta <shaibal.dutta@broadcom.com>
[zoran.markovic@linaro.org: Rebased to latest kernel. Added commit message.]
Signed-off-by: Zoran Markovic <zoran.markovic@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add helper function that will return regdomain.
Follow the driver's regulatory domain, if present,
unless a country IE has been processed or a user
wants to help compliance further.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzi@tieto.com>
[remove useless reg variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Set preset_chandef in channel switch notification.
In other case we will have old preset_chandef.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The scheduled scan matchsets were intended to be a list of filters,
with the found BSS having to pass at least one of them to be passed
to the host. When the RSSI attribute was added, however, this was
broken and currently wpa_supplicant adds that attribute in its own
matchset; however, it doesn't intend that to mean that anything
that passes the RSSI filter should be passed to the host, instead
it wants it to mean that everything needs to also have higher RSSI.
This is semantically problematic because we have a list of filters
like [ SSID1, SSID2, SSID3, RSSI ] with no real indication which
one should be OR'ed and which one AND'ed.
To fix this, move the RSSI filter attribute into each matchset. As
we need to stay backward compatible, treat a matchset with only the
RSSI attribute as a "default RSSI filter" for all other matchsets,
but only if there are other matchsets (an RSSI-only matchset by
itself is still desirable.)
To make driver implementation easier, keep a global min_rssi_thold
for the entire request as well. The only affected driver is ath6kl.
I found this when I looked into the code after Raja Mani submitted
a patch fixing the n_match_sets calculation to disregard the RSSI,
but that patch didn't address the semantic issue.
Reported-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qti.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a few cases, e.g. suspend, where an AP interface is
stopped by the kernel rather than by userspace request, most
commonly when suspending. To let userspace know about this,
send the NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP command as an event every time
an AP interface is stopped. This also happens when userspace
did in fact request the AP stop, but that's not a problem.
For full-MAC drivers this may need to be extended to also
cover cases where the device stopped the AP operation for
some reason, this a bit more complicated because then all
cfg80211 state also needs to be reset; such API is not part
of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there's a policy, then nla_parse() return values must be
checked, otherwise the policy is useless and there's nothing
that ensures the attributes are actually what we expect them
to be.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Before allowing userspace to initiate a channel switch, check
that it's actually connected in some sense. Also use a more
appropriate error code for the not connected case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix the following issues in reg_process_hint():
1. Add verification that wiphy is valid before processing
NL80211_REGDOMAIN_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE.
2. Free the request in case of invalid initiator.
3. Remove WARN_ON check on reg_request->alpha2 as it is not a
pointer.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow to force SGI, LGI.
Mainly for test purpose.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Addition of the frequency hints showed up couple of places in cfg80211
where pointers could be marked const and a shared function could be used
to fetch a valid channel.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[fix mwifiex]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows drivers to advertise the maximum number of associated
stations they support in AP mode (including P2P GO). User space
applications can use this for cleaner way of handling the limit (e.g.,
hostapd rejecting IEEE 802.11 authentication without manual
configuration of the limit) or to figure out what type of use cases can
be executed with multiple devices before trying and failing.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This clarifies the expected driver behavior on the older
NL80211_ATTR_MAC and NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ attributes and adds a new
set of similar attributes with _HINT postfix to enable use of a
recommendation of the initial BSS to choose. This can be helpful for
some drivers that can avoid an additional full scan on connection
request if the information is provided to them (user space tools like
wpa_supplicant already has that information available based on earlier
scans).
In addition, this can be used to get more expected behavior for cases
where a specific BSS should be picked first based on operations like
Interworking network selection or WPS. These cases were already easily
addressed with drivers that leave BSS selection to user space, but there
was no convenient way to do this with drivers that take care of BSS
selection internally without using the NL80211_ATTR_MAC which is not
really desired since it is needed for other purposes to force the
association to remain with the same BSS.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[add const, fix policy]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As __cfg80211_rdev_from_attrs(), nl80211_dump_wiphy_parse() and
nl80211_set_wiphy() are all under rtnl_lock protection,
__dev_get_by_index() instead of dev_get_by_index() should be used
to find interface handler in them allowing us to avoid to change
interface reference counter.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG can be used during early init with
the goal of overriding the wiphy's default regulatory settings
in case the alpha2 of the device is not known. In the case that
the alpha2 becomes known lets avoid having drivers having to
clear the REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG flag by doing it for them
when regulatory_hint() is used.
Cc: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Block setting the wrong values through iwconfig retry
command. Add sanity checking before sending the retry
limit to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Ujjal Roy <royujjal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a utility function to get the number of channels supported by
the device, and update the places in the code that need this data.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
[replace another occurrence in libertas, fix kernel-doc, fix bugs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While getting the retry limit, wext-compat returns the value
without updating the flag for retry->flags is 0. Also in this
case, it updates long retry flag when short and long retry
value are unequal.
So, iwconfig never showing "Retry short limit" and showing
"Retry long limit" when both values are unequal.
Updated the flags and corrected the condition properly.
Signed-off-by: Ujjal Roy <royujjal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The vendor/testmode event skb functions are needed outside
the ifdef for vendor-specific events, so move them out.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the RTNL can't always be held, use wdev/sdata locking for
the qos-map dereference in mac80211. This requires cfg80211 to
consistently lock it, which it was missing in one place.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows QoS mapping from external networks to be implemented as
defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.24.9. APs can use this to advertise
DSCP ranges and exceptions for mapping frames to a specific UP over
Wi-Fi.
The payload of the QoS Map Set element (IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97)
is sent to the driver through the new NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP attribute to
configure the local behavior either on the AP (based on local
configuration) or on a station (based on information received from the
AP).
Signed-off-by: Kyeyoon Park <kyeyoonp@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In addition to vendor-specific commands, also support vendor-specific
events. These must be registered with cfg80211 before they can be used.
They're also advertised in nl80211 in the wiphy information so that
userspace knows can be expected. The events themselves are sent on a
new multicast group called "vendor".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add VHT MCS/NSS set support for nl80211_set_tx_bitrate_mask().
This should be used mainly for test purpose, to check
different MCS/NSS VHT combinations.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Evan Huus found (by fuzzing in wireshark) that the radiotap
iterator code can access beyond the length of the buffer if
the first bitmap claims an extension but then there's no
data at all. Fix this.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Evan Huus <eapache@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
___cfg80211_scan_done() can be called in some cases
(e.g. on NETDEV_DOWN) before the low level driver
notified scan completion (which is indicated by
passing leak=true).
Clearing rdev->scan_req in this case is buggy, as
scan_done_wk might have already being queued/running
(and can't be flushed as it takes rtnl()).
If a new scan will be requested at this stage, the
scan_done_wk will try freeing it (instead of the
previous scan), and this will later result in
a use after free.
Simply remove the "leak" option, and replace it with
a standard WARN_ON.
An example backtrace after such crash:
Unable to handle kernel paging request at virtual address fffffee5
pgd = c0004000
[fffffee5] *pgd=9fdf6821, *pte=00000000, *ppte=00000000
Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] SMP ARM
PC is at cfg80211_scan_done+0x28/0xc4 [cfg80211]
LR is at __ieee80211_scan_completed+0xe4/0x2dc [mac80211]
[<bf0077b0>] (cfg80211_scan_done+0x28/0xc4 [cfg80211])
[<bf0973d4>] (__ieee80211_scan_completed+0xe4/0x2dc [mac80211])
[<bf0982cc>] (ieee80211_scan_work+0x94/0x4f0 [mac80211])
[<c005fd10>] (process_one_work+0x1b0/0x4a8)
[<c0060404>] (worker_thread+0x138/0x37c)
[<c0066d70>] (kthread+0xa4/0xb0)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211_leave stops sched scan when any station vif
is leaving. Add an explicit check and call it only
when the relevant vif (the one we scan on) is leaving.
Signed-off-by: Barak Bercovitz <barak@wizery.com>
[Eliad - changed the commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[Johannes - add ASSERT_RTNL since that protects the pointer]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rename NL80211_TXRATE_MCS to NL80211_TXRATE_HT and also
rename mcs to ht_mcs in struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow setting the bitrate masks back to default by
omitting the NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES attribute.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[rephrase commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211 allows re-association in managed mode and if a user
wants to re-associate to the same AP network after the time
period of IEEE80211_SCAN_RESULT_EXPIRE, cfg80211 warns with
the following message on receiving the connect result event.
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 13984 at net/wireless/sme.c:658
__cfg80211_connect_result+0x3a6/0x3e0 [cfg80211]()
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81747a41>] dump_stack+0x46/0x58
[<ffffffff81045847>] warn_slowpath_common+0x87/0xb0
[<ffffffff81045885>] warn_slowpath_null+0x15/0x20
[<ffffffffa05345f6>] __cfg80211_connect_result+0x3a6/0x3e0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff8107168b>] ? update_rq_clock+0x2b/0x50
[<ffffffff81078c01>] ? update_curr+0x1/0x160
[<ffffffffa05133d2>] cfg80211_process_wdev_events+0xb2/0x1c0 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff81079303>] ? pick_next_task_fair+0x63/0x170
[<ffffffffa0513518>] cfg80211_process_rdev_events+0x38/0x90 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa050f03d>] cfg80211_event_work+0x1d/0x30 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff8105f21f>] process_one_work+0x17f/0x420
[<ffffffff8105f90a>] worker_thread+0x11a/0x370
[<ffffffff8105f7f0>] ? rescuer_thread+0x2f0/0x2f0
[<ffffffff8106638b>] kthread+0xbb/0xc0
[<ffffffff810662d0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x120/0x120
[<ffffffff817574bc>] ret_from_fork+0x7c/0xb0
[<ffffffff810662d0>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x120/0x120
---[ end trace 61f3bddc9c4981f7 ]---
The reason is that, in connect result event cfg80211 unholds
the BSS to which the device is associated (and was held so
far). So, for the event with status successful, when cfg80211
wants to get that BSS from the device's BSS list it gets a
NULL BSS because the BSS has been expired and unheld already.
Fix it by reshuffling the code.
Signed-off-by: Ujjal Roy <royujjal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This permits the use of DFS channel once the CAC is conducted and
no radar is detected.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for vendor-specific commands to nl80211. This is
intended to be used for really vendor-specific functionality
that can't be implemented in a generic fashion for any reason.
It's *NOT* intended to be used for any normal/generic feature
or any optimisations that could be implemented across drivers.
Currently, only vendor commands (with replies) are supported,
no dump operations or vendor-specific notifications.
Also add a function wdev_to_ieee80211_vif() to mac80211 which
is needed for mac80211-based drivers wanting to implement any
vendor commands.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Don't clear cfg80211_bitrate_mask twice in
nl80211_set_tx_bitrate_mask() function.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Check the DFS region before channel availability check.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This can be used outside of the regulatory context for any checks
on the DFS region. The central cfg80211 dfs_region is always used
and if it does not match with the wiphy a debug print is issued.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This attribute is needed for setting Operating Mode Notification
in AP mode from User Space. This functionality is required when
User Space received Assoc Request contains Operation Mode
Notification element.
Signed-off-by: Marek Kwaczynski <marek.kwaczynski@tieto.com>
[fix typos, nl80211 documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel switch announcement code has some major locking problems
which can cause a deadlock in worst case. A series of fixes has been
proposed, but these are non-trivial and need to be tested first.
Therefore disable CSA completely for 3.13.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel switch notification should be sent under the
wdev/sdata-lock, preferably in the same moment as the channel change
happens, to avoid races by other callers (e.g. start/stop_ap).
This also adds the previously missing sdata_lock protection in
csa_finalize_work.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To avoid race conditions in functions which modify the beacon
information, lock these using the wdev lock. This is especially required
to avoid problems for csa handling functions which modify beacons but
can not be called under rtnl lock.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change cfg80211 and mac80211 to use cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params
struct to aggregate parameters for mgmt_tx functions.
This makes the functions' signatures less clumsy and allows
less painful parameters extension.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
[fix all other drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
nla_put_flag needs a real nl80211 attribute id, not a wiphy flag bit.
While at it, split 5 and 10 MHz capability flags in case we ever need
to support hardware that can only do one of the two.
Also move the flag settings to the split-only information so we don't
increase the space needed for old userspace.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[change location of flag setting]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This lets us later reuse the more generic reg_dfs_region_str().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Only allow DFS to be set if the DFS regions agree.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
u8 was used in some other places, just stick to the enum,
this forces us to express the values that are expected.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Certain vendors may want to disable the processing of
country IEs so that they can continue using the regulatory
domain the driver or user has set. Currently there is no
way to stop the core from processing country IEs, so add
support to the core to ignore country IE hints.
Cc: Mihir Shete <smihir@qti.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Henri Bahini <hbahini@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Tushnim Bhattacharyya <tushnimb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
802.11 cards may have different country IE parsing behavioural
preferences and vendors may want to support these. These preferences
were managed by the REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG and the REGULATORY_STRICT_REG
flags and their combination. Instead of using this existing notation,
split out the country IE behavioural preferences as a new flag. This
will allow us to add more customizations easily and make the code more
maintainable.
Cc: Mihir Shete <smihir@qti.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Henri Bahini <hbahini@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Tushnim Bhattacharyya <tushnimb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[fix up conflicts]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reflects that case is now completely separated.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This splits up the driver regulatory update on its
own, this helps simplify the reading the case.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This splits out the user regulatory update on its
own, this helps simplify reading the case.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This splits up the core regulatory update to be
set on its own helper. This should make it easier
to read exactly what type of requests should be
expected there. In this case its clear that
NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE is only used by the
core for updating the world regulatory domain.
This is consistant with the nl80211.h documentation.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[add warning to default switch case to avoid compiler warning]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
last_request is RCU protected, since we're getting it
on set_regdom() we might as well pass it to ensure the
same request is being processed, otherwise there is a
small race it could have changed. This makes processing
of the request atomic.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers that set the WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY skip
the core world regulatory domain updates, but do want
their reg_notifier() called. Move the check for this
closer to the source of the check that detected skipped
was required and while at it add a helper for the notifier
calling. This has no functional changes. This brings together
the place where we call the reg_notifier() will be called.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It seems some out of tree drivers were using a regulatory_hint("00")
to trigger off the wiphy regulatory notifier, for those cases just
setting the WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY would suffice to call
the reg_notifier() for a world regulatory domain update. If drivers
find other needs for calling the reg_notifier() a proper implemenation
is preferred.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
All the regulatory request process routines use the
same pattern.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This enforces proper RCU APIs accross the code.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is common code, this reduces the chance of making
a mistake of how we free it.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
By dealing with non country IE conficts first we can shift
the code that deals with the conflict to the left. This has
no functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is the last split up of the old unified __regultory_hint()
processing set of functionality, it moves the country IE processing
all on its own. This makes it easier to follow and read what exactly
is going on for the case of processing country IEs.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes the code easier to read and follow.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes the code path easier to read and lets us
split out some functionality that is only user specific,
that makes it easier to read the other types of requests.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes the code path easier to read for the core case.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[add warning to default case in switch to avoid compile warning]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently nl80211 allows userspace to send the kernel
a bogus regulatory domain with at most 32 rules set
and it won't reject it until after its allocated
memory. Let's be smart about it and take advantage
that the last_request is now available under RTNL
and check if the alpha2 matches an expected request
and reject any bogus userspace requests prior to
hitting the memory allocator.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a custom regulatory domain is passed and if a rule for a
channel indicates it should be disabled that channel should
always remain disabled as per its documentation and design.
Likewise if WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY flag is set and a
regulatory_hint() is issued if a channel is disabled that
channel should remain disabled.
Without this change only drivers that set the _orig flags
appropriately on their own would ensure disallowed channels
remaind disabled. This helps drivers save code by relying on
the APIS provided to entrust channels that should not be enabled
be respected by only having to use wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
or regulatory_hint() with the WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY set.
If wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() is used together with
WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY and a regulatory_hint() issued
later, the incoming regulatory domain can override previously
set _orig parameters from the initial custom regulatory
setting.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If genregdb.awk assumes the file will end with an
extra empty line or a comment line. This is could
not be true so just address this.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This has no functional change, this just lets us reuse
helpers at a later time.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow beconing after we pass Channel Availability Check (CAC).
Allow non-DFS and DFS channels mix. All DFS channels have to
be in NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE state (pass CAC).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To report channel width correctly we have
to send correct channel parameters from
mac80211 when calling cfg80211_cac_event().
This is required in case of using channel width
higher than 20MHz and we have to set correct
dfs channel state after CAC (NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As the flag is entirely implemented in cfg80211, it should
have been a global feature flag (which I believe didn't
exist at the time). However, there's no reason to allow
drivers to unset the flag, so don't allow it and remove
the validation of NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Improve readability of the function by adding the break,
there's no functional impact but it's confusing to fall
through.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The iniator is already available to us, so use it.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() implies WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY
but we never enforced it, do that now and warn if the driver
didn't set it. All drivers should be following this today already.
Having WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY does not however mean you will
use wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() though, you may have your own
_orig value set up tools / helpers. The intel drivers are examples
of this type of driver.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Check chandef we get in CAC request is usable for CAC.
All channels have to be DFS channels. Allow DFS_USABLE
and DFS_AVAILABLE channels mix. At least one channel
has to be DFS_USABLE (require CAC).
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add helper fuctions for start/end freq.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These two flags are used for the same purpose, just
combine them into a no-ir flag to annotate no initiating
radiation is allowed.
Old userspace sending either flag will have it treated as
the no-ir flag. To be considerate to older userspace we
also send both the no-ir flag and the old no-ibss flags.
Newer userspace will have to be aware of older kernels.
Update all places in the tree using these flags with the
following semantic patch:
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_PASSIVE_SCAN
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IBSS
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(NL80211_RRF_NO_IR)
+NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
@@
@@
-(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR)
+IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
Along with some hand-optimisations in documentation, to
remove duplicates and to fix some indentation.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[do all the driver updates in one go]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fixes wpa_supplicant p2p_find on 5GHz-only devices
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to nl80211 API breakage, 5/10 MHz support is broken for
all drivers. Fixing it requires adding new API, but that
can't be done as a bugfix commit since that would require
either updating all APIs in the trees needing the bugfix or
cause different kernels to have incompatible API.
Therefore, just disable 5/10 MHz support for all drivers.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.12]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Coverity pointed out that we might dereference NULL later
if nla_nest_start() returns a failure. This isn't really
true since we'd bomb out before, but we should check the
return value directly, so do that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Coverity pointed out that in the (practically impossible)
error case we leak the message - fix this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Coverity pointed out that in a few functions we don't
check the return value of the nla_put_*() calls. Most
of these are fairly harmless because the input isn't
very dynamic and controlled by the kernel, but the
pattern is simply wrong, so fix this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The wext internal chandefs for ibss should be created using the
cfg80211_chandef_create() functions. Initializing fields manually is
error-prone.
Reported-by: Dirk Gouders <dirk@gouders.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Register generic netlink multicast groups as an array with
the family and give them contiguous group IDs. Then instead
of passing the global group ID to the various functions that
send messages, pass the ID relative to the family - for most
families that's just 0 because the only have one group.
This avoids the list_head and ID in each group, adding a new
field for the mcast group ID offset to the family.
At the same time, this allows us to prevent abusing groups
again like the quota and dropmon code did, since we can now
check that a family only uses a group it owns.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This doesn't really change anything, but prepares for the
next patch that will change the APIs to pass the group ID
within the family, rather than the global group ID.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As suggested by David Miller, make genl_register_family_with_ops()
a macro and pass only the array, evaluating ARRAY_SIZE() in the
macro, this is a little safer.
The openvswitch has some indirection, assing ops/n_ops directly in
that code. This might ultimately just assign the pointers in the
family initializations, saving the struct genl_family_and_ops and
code (once mcast groups are handled differently.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that genl_ops are no longer modified in place when
registering, they can be made const. This patch was done
mostly with spatch:
@@
identifier ops;
@@
+const
struct genl_ops ops[] = {
...
};
(except the struct thing in net/openvswitch/datapath.c)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow making the ops array const by not modifying the ops
flags on registration but rather only when ops are sent
out in the family information.
No users are updated yet except for the pre_doit/post_doit
calls in wireless (the only ones that exist now.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The nl80211 attribute NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON should be nested
inside NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, but commit ee4bc9e758
("nl80211: enable IBSS support for channel switch announcements")
added a check in the outer message attributes.
Fix channel switch calls by removing the erroneus condition.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement the required procedures for mesh channel switching as defined
in the IEEE Std 802.11-2012 section 10.9.8.4.3 and also handle the CSA
and MCSP elements as followed:
* Add the function for updating the beacon and probe response frames
with CSA and MCSP elements during the period of switching to the new
channel. Both CSA and MCSP elements must be included in beacon and
probe response frames until the intended channel switch time.
* The ifmsh->csa_settings is set to NULL and the CSA and MCSP elements
will then be removed from the beacon or probe response frames once the
new channel is switched to.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow the triggering of CSA frame using mesh interface. The
rules are more or less same with IBSS, such as not allowed to
change between the band and channel width has to be same from
the previous mode. Also, move the ieee80211_send_action_csa
to a common space so that it can be re-used by mesh interface.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers can now use this to parse the regulatory request and
be more verbose when needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To use DFS in IBSS mode, userspace is required to react to radar events.
It can inform nl80211 that it is capable of doing so by adding a
NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS attribute when joining the IBSS.
This attribute is supplied to let the kernelspace know that the
userspace application can and will handle radar events, e.g. by
intiating channel switches to a valid channel. DFS channels may
only be used if this attribute is supplied and the driver supports
it. Driver support will be checked even if a channel without DFS
will be initially joined, as a DFS channel may be chosen later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[fix attribute name in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
include/net/dst.h
Trivial merge conflicts, both were overlapping changes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The timestamp wasn't updated after transitioning
to the NL80211_DFS_USABLE state after NOP time.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The timeout was not properly converted from msecs
to jiffies. As a result channel transition to
NL80211_DFS_USABLE was delayed depending on
CONFIG_HZ configuration, e.g. HZ=100 would delay
the NOP from 30 minutes to 300 minutes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since rdev->sched_scan_req is dereferenced outside the
lock protecting it, this might be done at the wrong
time, causing crashes. Move the dereference to where
it should be - inside the RTNL locked section.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.8+]
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a mix of function prototypes with and without extern
in the kernel sources. Standardize on not using extern for
function prototypes.
Function prototypes don't need to be written with extern.
extern is assumed by the compiler. Its use is as unnecessary as
using auto to declare automatic/local variables in a block.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers can now use this to parse the regulatory request and
be more verbose when needed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When parsing an invalid radiotap header, the parser can overrun
the buffer that is passed in because it doesn't correctly check
1) the minimum radiotap header size
2) the space for extended bitmaps
The first issue doesn't affect any in-kernel user as they all
check the minimum size before calling the radiotap function.
The second issue could potentially affect the kernel if an skb
is passed in that consists only of the radiotap header with a
lot of extended bitmaps that extend past the SKB. In that case
a read-only buffer overrun by at most 4 bytes is possible.
Fix this by adding the appropriate checks to the parser.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Evan Huus <eapache@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes it easier to read.
Cc: smihir@qti.qualcomm.com
Cc: tushnimb@qca.qualcomm.com
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we have a wiphy with an ISO3166-alpha2 regulatory domain
programmed with the strict flag set we wait until the wiphy
gets its wiphy->regd programmed before allowing regulatory
domains hints other than country IE hints from processing
on the wiphy. The existing check however discards the
possibility of custom regulatory domains having also used
the strict flag and these will not have the wiphy->regd
set. Custom strict regulatory domains never set the wiphy->regd
though as such currently all regulatory hints other than
country IE hints are being ignored on these wiphys.
All custom strict regulatory domains set the wiphy with the
WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY and use wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory().
Enhance the check for the strict ISO3166-alpha2 regulatory domain
case by exempting the WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY case. This
will enable other regulatory hints to be processed now for
these strict custom regulatory domains.
Cc: smihir@qti.qualcomm.com
Cc: tushnimb@qca.qualcomm.com
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The information of the peer's supported channels and supported operating
classes are required for the driver to perform TDLS off channel
operations. This commit enhances the function nl80211_(new)set_station
to pass this information of the peer to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Sunil Dutt <c_duttus@qti.qualcomm.com>
[return errors for malformed tuples]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since P2P device doesn't have a netdev associated to it,
we cannot prevent the user to start it when in RFKILL.
So refuse to even add it when in RFKILL.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is incorrect to refer to this as 11d as 802.11d was just a
proposed amendment, 802.11d was merged to the standard so
use proper terminology.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the VLAN tci is set in skb->vlan_tci use the
priority field to determine the WMM priority.
Signed-off-by: cedric Voncken <cedric.voncken@acksys.fr>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If allowed in a country, these channels typically require DFS
so mark them as such. Channel 144 is a bit special, it's coming
into use now to allow more VHT 80 channels, but world roaming
with passive scanning is acceptable anyway. It seems fairly
unlikely that it'll be used as the control channel for a VHT
AP, but it needs to be present to allow a full VHT connection
to an AP that uses it as one of the secondary channels.
Also enable VHT 160 on these channels, and also for channels
36-48 to be able to use VHT 160 there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A CAC should fail if it is triggered while the interface is already
running.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for parsing and setting the dfs region (ETSI, FCC, JP)
when the internal regulatory database is used. Before this
the DFS region was being ignored even if present on the used
db.txt
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some debugfs related functions snprintf was used
while scnprintf should have been used instead.
(blindly adding the return value of snprintf and supplying
it to the next snprintf might result in buffer overflow when
the input is too big)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My locking rework/race fixes caused a regression in the
registration, causing uevent notifications for wireless
devices before the device is really fully registered and
available in nl80211.
Fix this by moving the device_add() under rtnl and move
the rfkill to afterwards (it can't be under rtnl.)
Reported-and-tested-by: Maxime Bizon <mbizon@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix kernel warning when using WEXT for configuring ad-hoc mode,
e.g. "iwconfig wlan0 essid test channel 1"
WARNING: at net/wireless/chan.c:373 cfg80211_chandef_usable+0x50/0x21c [cfg80211]()
The warning is caused by an uninitialized variable center_freq1.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It will be used later by the IBSS CSA implementation of mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE, which is a flag mask, instead of
NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, which is a flag index, when checking if the
hardware supports active monitoring.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking changes from David Miller:
"Noteworthy changes this time around:
1) Multicast rejoin support for team driver, from Jiri Pirko.
2) Centralize and simplify TCP RTT measurement handling in order to
reduce the impact of bad RTO seeding from SYN/ACKs. Also, when
both timestamps and local RTT measurements are available prefer
the later because there are broken middleware devices which
scramble the timestamp.
From Yuchung Cheng.
3) Add TCP_NOTSENT_LOWAT socket option to limit the amount of kernel
memory consumed to queue up unsend user data. From Eric Dumazet.
4) Add a "physical port ID" abstraction for network devices, from
Jiri Pirko.
5) Add a "suppress" operation to influence fib_rules lookups, from
Stefan Tomanek.
6) Add a networking development FAQ, from Paul Gortmaker.
7) Extend the information provided by tcp_probe and add ipv6 support,
from Daniel Borkmann.
8) Use RCU locking more extensively in openvswitch data paths, from
Pravin B Shelar.
9) Add SCTP support to openvswitch, from Joe Stringer.
10) Add EF10 chip support to SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
11) Add new SYNPROXY netfilter target, from Patrick McHardy.
12) Compute a rate approximation for sending in TCP sockets, and use
this to more intelligently coalesce TSO frames. Furthermore, add
a new packet scheduler which takes advantage of this estimate when
available. From Eric Dumazet.
13) Allow AF_PACKET fanouts with random selection, from Daniel
Borkmann.
14) Add ipv6 support to vxlan driver, from Cong Wang"
Resolved conflicts as per discussion.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1218 commits)
openvswitch: Fix alignment of struct sw_flow_key.
netfilter: Fix build errors with xt_socket.c
tcp: Add missing braces to do_tcp_setsockopt
caif: Add missing braces to multiline if in cfctrl_linkup_request
bnx2x: Add missing braces in bnx2x:bnx2x_link_initialize
vxlan: Fix kernel panic on device delete.
net: mvneta: implement ->ndo_do_ioctl() to support PHY ioctls
net: mvneta: properly disable HW PHY polling and ensure adjust_link() works
icplus: Use netif_running to determine device state
ethernet/arc/arc_emac: Fix huge delays in large file copies
tuntap: orphan frags before trying to set tx timestamp
tuntap: purge socket error queue on detach
qlcnic: use standard NAPI weights
ipv6:introduce function to find route for redirect
bnx2x: VF RSS support - VF side
bnx2x: VF RSS support - PF side
vxlan: Notify drivers for listening UDP port changes
net: usbnet: update addr_assign_type if appropriate
driver/net: enic: update enic maintainers and driver
driver/net: enic: Exposing symbols for Cisco's low latency driver
...
This function is being removed, so remove the reference to it.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here's the big driver core pull request for 3.12-rc1.
Lots of tiny changes here fixing up the way sysfs attributes are
created, to try to make drivers simpler, and fix a whole class race
conditions with creations of device attributes after the device was
announced to userspace.
All the various pieces are acked by the different subsystem maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.21 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAlIlIPcACgkQMUfUDdst+ynUMwCaAnITsxyDXYQ4DqEsz8EcOtMk
718AoLrgnUZs3B+70AT34DVktg4HSThk
=USl9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'driver-core-3.12-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull driver core patches from Greg KH:
"Here's the big driver core pull request for 3.12-rc1.
Lots of tiny changes here fixing up the way sysfs attributes are
created, to try to make drivers simpler, and fix a whole class race
conditions with creations of device attributes after the device was
announced to userspace.
All the various pieces are acked by the different subsystem
maintainers"
* tag 'driver-core-3.12-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (119 commits)
firmware loader: fix pending_fw_head list corruption
drivers/base/memory.c: introduce help macro to_memory_block
dynamic debug: line queries failing due to uninitialized local variable
sysfs: sysfs_create_groups returns a value.
debugfs: provide debugfs_create_x64() when disabled
rbd: convert bus code to use bus_groups
firmware: dcdbas: use binary attribute groups
sysfs: add sysfs_create/remove_groups for when SYSFS is not enabled
driver core: add #include <linux/sysfs.h> to core files.
HID: convert bus code to use dev_groups
Input: serio: convert bus code to use drv_groups
Input: gameport: convert bus code to use drv_groups
driver core: firmware: use __ATTR_RW()
driver core: core: use DEVICE_ATTR_RO
driver core: bus: use DRIVER_ATTR_WO()
driver core: create write-only attribute macros for devices and drivers
sysfs: create __ATTR_WO()
driver-core: platform: convert bus code to use dev_groups
workqueue: convert bus code to use dev_groups
MEI: convert bus code to use dev_groups
...
Add flags intended to report various auxiliary information
and introduce the NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED flag to report
that the frame was already answered by the device.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[REPLIED->ANSWERED, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Neil Brown reports that with libertas, my recent cfg80211
SME changes in commit ceca7b7121
("cfg80211: separate internal SME implementation") broke
libertas suspend because it we now asked it to disconnect
while already disconnected.
The problematic change is in cfg80211_disconnect() as it
previously checked the SME state and now calls the driver
disconnect operation unconditionally.
Fix this by checking if there's a current_bss indicating
a connection, and do nothing if not.
Reported-and-tested-by: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a few places which check nl80211hdr_put() for an ERR_PTR
but actually it returns NULL on error and never error values. In
nl80211_testmode_dump() the return wasn't checked at all so I have
added one.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
[some whitespace changes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow drivers to implement per-interface testmode operations
more easily, pass a wdev pointer if any identification for one
was given from userspace. Clean up the code a bit while at it.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clean up the CQM settings code a bit and while at it
enforce that when setting the threshold to 0 (disable)
the hysteresis is also set to 0 to avoid confusion.
As we haven't enforce it, simply override userspace.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To allow channel switch announcements within beacons, add
the channel switch command to nl80211/cfg80211. This is
implementation is intended for AP and (later) IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a P2P GO interface goes down, cfg80211 doesn't properly
tear it down, leading to warnings later. Add the GO interface
type to the enumeration to tear it down like AP interfaces.
Otherwise, we leave it pending and mac80211's state can get
very confused, leading to warnings later.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is similar to the race Linus had reported, but in this case
it's an older bug: nl80211_prepare_wdev_dump() uses the wiphy
index in cb->args[0] as it is and thus parses the message over
and over again instead of just once because 0 is the first valid
wiphy index. Similar code in nl80211_testmode_dump() correctly
offsets the wiphy_index by 1, do that here as well.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The dev_attrs field of struct class is going away soon, dev_groups
should be used instead. This converts the networking wireless class
code to use the correct field.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
The current regdomain was not always set by the core. This causes
cards with a custom regulatory domain to ignore user initiated changes
if done before the card was registered.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Whether the wiphy supports it or not is already checked, so what is left
is to enable these channel types.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Mandatory rates for 5 and 10 MHz are different from the rates used for
20 MHz in 2.4 GHz mode, as they use OFDM only.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
To allow scanning and working with 5 MHz and 10 MHz BSS, extend the
inform bss commands and add wrappers to take 5 and 10 MHz bss into
account.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
and power consumption.
Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received
interrupts to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware
for some predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when
one of the following events occur.
a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to
maximum coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
This patch adds set/get configuration support for packet coalesce.
User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
rule.
a) Maximum coalescing delay
b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
Multiple such rules can be created.
This feature needs to be advertised during driver initialization.
Drivers are supposed to do required firmware/hardware settings based
on user configuration.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[fix kernel-doc, change free function, fix copy/paste error]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Currently packet patterns and it's enum/structures are used only
for WoWLAN feature. As we intend to reuse them for new feature
packet coalesce, they are renamed in this patch.
Older names are kept for backward compatibility purpose.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
RSSI threshold value used for mesh peering should be in
negative value. After range checks to mesh parameters is
introduced, this is not allowed. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
restore_regulatory_settings() requires the RTNL to be held,
add the missing locking in reg_timeout_work().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When splitting the SME implementation from the MLME code,
I introduced a few bugs:
* association failures no longer sent a connect-failure event
* getting disassociated from the AP caused deauth to be sent
but state wasn't cleaned up, leading to warnings
* authentication failures weren't cleaned up properly, causing
new connection attempts to warn and fail
Fix these bugs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
These two events were sent to the default network
namespace.
This caused AP mode in a non-default netns to not
work correctly. Mgmt tx status was multicasted to
a different (default) netns instead of the one the
AP was in.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The following compilation issue popped up moving from v3.10-rc1 to
v3.10-rc6 after merging wireless-testing.
net/wireless/sysfs.c:86:13: error: 'cfg80211_leave_all' defined
but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
The function is only called when CONFIG_PM is enabled. Moving the
function under CONFIG_PM as well.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If it *is* still set when the netdev is being deleted,
then we are about to leak a pointer. Warn and clean up
in that case.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Should help the next person that tries to understand
the bss refcounting logic.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/Kconfig
drivers/net/xen-netback/netback.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c
The ath9k Kconfig conflict was a change of a Kconfig option name right
next to the deletion of another option.
The xen-netback conflict was overlapping changes involving the
handling of the notify list in xen_netbk_rx_action().
Batman conflict resolution provided by Antonio Quartulli, basically
keep everything in both conflict hunks.
The nl80211 conflict is a little more involved. In 'net' we added a
dynamic memory allocation to nl80211_dump_wiphy() to fix a race that
Linus reported. Meanwhile in 'net-next' the handlers were converted
to use pre and post doit handlers which use a flag to determine
whether to hold the RTNL mutex around the operation.
However, the dump handlers to not use this logic. Instead they have
to explicitly do the locking. There were apparent bugs in the
conversion of nl80211_dump_wiphy() in that we were not dropping the
RTNL mutex in all the return paths, and it seems we very much should
be doing so. So I fixed that whilst handling the overlapping changes.
To simplify the initial returns, I take the RTNL mutex after we try
to allocate 'tb'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes the potential issue that the BSS struct that we use
and later assign to wdev->current_bss is removed from the scan
list while associating.
Also warn when we don't have a BSS struct in connect_result
unless it's from a driver that only has the connect() API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Doing so will allow us to hold the BSS (not just ref it) over the
association process, thus ensuring that it doesn't time out and
gets invisible to the user (e.g. in 'iw wlan0 link'.)
This also fixes a leak in mac80211 where it doesn't always release
the BSS struct properly in all cases where calling this function.
This leak was reported by Ben Greear.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Avoid parsing the original dump message again and again by
allocating a small state struct that is used by the functions
involved in the dump, storing this struct in cb->args[0].
This reduces the memory allocation size as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge mac80211 to avoid conflicts with the nl80211 attrbuf
changes.
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/iface.c
net/wireless/nl80211.c
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since my commit 3713b4e364 ("nl80211: allow splitting wiphy
information in dumps"), nl80211_dump_wiphy() uses the global
nl80211_fam.attrbuf for parsing the incoming data. This wouldn't
be a problem if it only did so on the first dump iteration which
is locked against other commands in generic netlink, but due to
space constraints in cb->args (the needed state doesn't fit) I
decided to always parse the original message. That's racy though
since nl80211_fam.attrbuf could be used by some other parsing in
generic netlink concurrently.
For now, fix this by allocating a separate parse buffer (it's a
bit too big for the stack, currently 1448 bytes on 64-bit). For
-next, I'll change the code to parse into the global buffer in
the first round only and then allocate a smaller buffer to keep
the data in cb->args.
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add defines for 5 and 10 MHz channel width and fix channel
handling functions accordingly.
Also check for and report the WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ
capability.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
[fix spelling in comment]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
only the attributes are required and not the whole netlink info, as the
function accesses the attributes only anyway. This makes it easier to
parse nested beacon IEs later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In two wiphy dump error cases, most often when the dump allocation
must be increased, the RTNL is leaked. This quickly results in a
complete system lockup. Release the RTNL correctly.
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Users may want to send a frame on the current channel
without specifying it.
This is particularly useful for the correct implementation
of the IBSS/RSN support in wpa_supplicant which requires to
receive and send AUTH frames.
Make mgmt_tx pass a NULL channel to the driver if none has
been specified by the user.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I (Johannes) accidentally applied the first version of the patch
("Allow TDLS peer AID to be configured for VHT"). Now apply just
the changes between v1 and v2 to get the AID verification and
prefer the new attribute over the old one.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently mesh uses mandatory rates as the default basic rates. Allow basic
rates to be configured during mesh join. Basic rates are applied only if
channel is also provided with mesh join command.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
[some whitespace fixes, refuse basic rates w/o channel]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a STA has a peer that it hasn't seen any tx activity
from for a certain length of time, the peer link is
expired. This means the inactive STA is removed from the
list of peers and that STA is not considered a peer again
unless it re-peers. Previously, this inactivity time was
always 30 minutes. Now, add it to the mesh configuration
and allow it to be configured. Retain 30 minutes as a
default value.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge 'net' bug fixes into 'net-next' as we have patches
that will build on top of them.
This merge commit includes a change from Emil Goode
(emilgoode@gmail.com) that fixes a warning that would
have been introduced by this merge. Specifically it
fixes the pingv6_ops method ipv6_chk_addr() to add a
"const" to the "struct net_device *dev" argument and
likewise update the dummy_ipv6_chk_addr() declaration.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The change to use atomic_inc_return() for assigning the wiphy
index made the first wiphy index 1 instead of 0. This is fine,
but we all habitually type "phy0" when we're testing, so make
it go back to 0 instead of 1 by subtracting 1 from the index.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My big locking cleanups caused a problem by registering the
rfkill instance with the RTNL held, while the callback also
acquires the RTNL. This potentially causes a deadlock since
the two locks used (rfkill mutex and RTNL) can be acquired
in two different orders. Fix this by (un)registering rfkill
without holding the RTNL. This needs to be done after the
device struct is registered, but that can also be done w/o
holding the RTNL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
get_reg_request_treatment() returns 0 in one case but is
defined to return an enum, use the proper value REG_REQ_OK.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The current internal SME implementation in cfg80211 is
very mixed up with the MLME handling, which has been
causing issues for a long time. There are three things
that the implementation has to provide:
* a basic SME implementation for nl80211's connect()
call (for drivers implementing auth/assoc, which is
really just mac80211) and wireless extensions
* MLME events for the userspace SME
* SME events (connected, disconnected etc.) for all
different SME implementation possibilities (driver,
cfg80211 and userspace)
To achieve these goals it isn't necessary to track the
software SME's connection status outside of it's state
(which is the part that caused many issues.) Instead,
track it only in the SME data (wdev->conn) and in the
general case only track whether the wdev is connected
or not (via wdev->current_bss.)
Also separate the internal implementation to not have
callbacks from the SME events, but rather call it from
the API functions that the driver (or rather mac80211)
calls. This separates the code better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do some cleanups in the cfg80211 SME APIs, which are
only used by mac80211.
Most of these functions get a frame passed, and there
isn't really any reason to export multiple functions
as cfg80211 can check the frame type instead, do that.
Additionally, the API functions have confusing names
like cfg80211_send_...() which was meant to indicate
that it sends an event to userspace, but gets a bit
confusing when there's both TX and RX and they're not
all clearly labeled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
genlmsg_end() can't return an error since it returns the
skb length so remove checks treating the return value as
an error code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to take up the space for devices that don't
support WoWLAN, and most drivers can even make the support
data static const (except where it's modified at runtime.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
An active monitor interface is one that is used for communication (via
injection). It is expected to ACK incoming unicast packets. This is
useful for running various 802.11 testing utilities that associate to an
AP via injection and manage the state in user space.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
So far, only net_device * could be passed along with netdevice notifier
event. This patch provides a possibility to pass custom structure
able to provide info that event listener needs to know.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
v2->v3: fix typo on simeth
shortened dev_getter
shortened notifier_info struct name
v1->v2: fix notifier_call parameter in call_netdevice_notifier()
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make the current WoWLAN configuration available to drivers
at runtime. This isn't really useful for the normal WoWLAN
behaviour and accessing it can also be racy, but drivers
may use it for testing the WoWLAN device behaviour while
the host stays up & running to observe the device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
By making all the API functions require wdev locking we
can clean up the API a bit, getting rid of the locking
version of each function. This also decreases the size
of cfg80211 by a small amount.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
By making all the API functions require wdev locking we
can clean up the API a bit, getting rid of the locking
version of each function. This also decreases the size
of cfg80211 by a small amount.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The reg_mutex is similar to the ones I just removed in
cfg80211 but even less useful since it protects global
data, and we hold the RTNL in all places (except module
unload) already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since it just does a quick check of the last regulatory
request, the function doesn't have to hold the reg mutex
but can use RCU instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver for some reason successfully finishes
scanning while in p2p_stop_device(), cfg80211 will
still set it to aborted. Simplify this code using the
new 'notified' value and only mark it aborted in case
the driver didn't notify cfg80211 at all (in which
case we also leak the request to not crash, this is
a driver bug.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using separate locks in cfg80211 and mac80211 has always
caused issues, for example having to unlock in places in
mac80211 to call cfg80211, which even needed a framework
to make cfg80211 calls after some functions returned etc.
Additionally, I suspect some issues people have reported
with the cfg80211 state getting confused could be due to
such issues, when cfg80211 is asking mac80211 to change
state but mac80211 is in the process of telling cfg80211
that the state changed (in another way.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Virtually all code paths in cfg80211 already (need to) hold
the RTNL. As such, there's little point in having another
four mutexes for various parts of the code, they just cause
lock ordering issues (and much of the time, the RTNL and a
few of the others need thus be held.)
Simplify all this by getting rid of the extra four mutexes
and just use the RTNL throughout. Only a few code changes
were needed to do this and we can get rid of a work struct
for bonus points.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
VHT uses peer AID in the PARTIAL_AID field in TDLS frames. The current
design for TDLS is to first add a dummy STA entry before completing TDLS
Setup and then update information on this STA entry based on what was
received from the peer during the setup exchange.
In theory, this could use NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID to set the peer AID just
like this is used in AP mode to set the AID of an association station.
However, existing cfg80211 validation rules prevent this attribute from
being used with set_station operation. To avoid interoperability issues
between different kernel and user space version combinations, introduce
a new nl80211 attribute for the purpose of setting TDLS peer AID. This
attribute can be used in both the new_station and set_station
operations. It is not supposed to be allowed to change the AID value
during the lifetime of the STA entry, but that validation is left for
drivers to do in the change_station callback.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Copy & paste mistake - STATION_INFO_TX_BYTES64 is the name of the flag,
not NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a P2P-Device is present and another virtual interface triggers
the connection work, the system crash because it tries to check
if the P2P-Device's netdev (which doesn't exist) is up. Skip any
wdevs that have no netdev to fix this.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: YanBo <dreamfly281@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Authentication takes place in userspace, but the beacon is
generated in the kernel. Allow userspace to inform the
kernel of the authentication method so the appropriate
mesh config IE can be set prior to beacon generation when
joining the MBSS.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To support auto-loading of wireless modules from netlink users, add module
alias for nl80211 family.
This also adds NL80211_GENL_NAME constant to define the "nl80211" netlink
family name as part of uapi.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add regulatory class for 60GHz band, according
to the last specification.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code sending the current WoWLAN TCP wakeup settings in
nl80211_send_wowlan_tcp() is not closing the nested attribute,
thus causing the parser to get confused on the receiver side
in userspace (iw). Fix this.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.9]
Reported-by: Deepak Arora <deepakx.arora@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the interface goes down, there's no need to call
cfg80211_mlme_down() after __cfg80211_disconnect() as
the latter will call the former (if appropriate.)
Also, in __cfg80211_disconnect(), if the cfg80211 SME
isn't used, __cfg80211_disconnected() may still need
to be called (depending on the current state) so that
the SME state gets cleared.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding the attributes fixes an issue with P2P Device not
working properly for management frame TX.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the device reports a non-wireless wakeup reason, the
tracing code crashes trying to dereference a NULL pointer.
Fix this by checking the pointer on all accesses and also
add a non_wireless tag to the event.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If rfkill_register() fails in wiphy_register() the struct device
is unregistered but everything else isn't (regulatory, debugfs)
and we even leave the wiphy instance on all internal lists even
though it will likely be freed soon, which is clearly a problem.
Fix this by cleaning up properly.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull VFS updates from Al Viro,
Misc cleanups all over the place, mainly wrt /proc interfaces (switch
create_proc_entry to proc_create(), get rid of the deprecated
create_proc_read_entry() in favor of using proc_create_data() and
seq_file etc).
7kloc removed.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs: (204 commits)
don't bother with deferred freeing of fdtables
proc: Move non-public stuff from linux/proc_fs.h to fs/proc/internal.h
proc: Make the PROC_I() and PDE() macros internal to procfs
proc: Supply a function to remove a proc entry by PDE
take cgroup_open() and cpuset_open() to fs/proc/base.c
ppc: Clean up scanlog
ppc: Clean up rtas_flash driver somewhat
hostap: proc: Use remove_proc_subtree()
drm: proc: Use remove_proc_subtree()
drm: proc: Use minor->index to label things, not PDE->name
drm: Constify drm_proc_list[]
zoran: Don't print proc_dir_entry data in debug
reiserfs: Don't access the proc_dir_entry in r_open(), r_start() r_show()
proc: Supply an accessor for getting the data from a PDE's parent
airo: Use remove_proc_subtree()
rtl8192u: Don't need to save device proc dir PDE
rtl8187se: Use a dir under /proc/net/r8180/
proc: Add proc_mkdir_data()
proc: Move some bits from linux/proc_fs.h to linux/{of.h,signal.h,tty.h}
proc: Move PDE_NET() to fs/proc/proc_net.c
...
Don't use create_proc_read_entry() as that is deprecated, but rather use
proc_create_data() and seq_file instead.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
cc: devel@driverdev.osuosl.org
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Some protocols need a more reliable connection to complete
successful in reasonable time. This patch adds a user-space
API to indicate the wireless driver that a critical protocol
is about to commence and when it is done, using nl80211 primitives
NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START and NL80211_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP.
There can be only on critical protocol session started per
registered cfg80211 device.
The driver can support this by implementing the cfg80211 callbacks
.crit_proto_start() and .crit_proto_stop(). Examples of protocols
that can benefit from this are DHCP, EAPOL, APIPA. Exactly how the
link can/should be made more reliable is up to the driver. Things
to consider are avoid scanning, no multi-channel operations, and
alter coexistence schemes.
Reviewed-by: Pieter-Paul Giesberts <pieterpg@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Franky (Zhenhui) Lin <frankyl@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In cfg80211_can_use_iftype_chan(), check for P2P Device
first, and then for netdevs. This doesn't really change
anything but makes the code a bit easier to read since
it may not be obvious for everyone at first that a P2P
device has no netdev.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211_stop_p2p_device() requires the devlist_mtx to
be held, but nl80211_stop_p2p_device() doesn't acquire
it which is a locking error and causes a warning (when
lockdep is enabled). Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Most dump callbacks, including the scan results one, use
the netdev to identify what to do, which is incorrect for
the P2P_DEVICE support, it needs to be able to get the
scan result from the wdev. Change all dumps to unify the
code, but ones other than scan don't really support being
executed on a wdev that has no netdev.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function converts a (global only!) operating
class to an internal band identifier. This will
be needed for extended channel switch support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a full scan 2.4 and 5 GHz scan is scheduled, but then the 2.4 GHz
part of the scan disables a 5.2 GHz channel due to, e.g. receiving
country or frequency information, that 5.2 GHz channel might already
be in the list of channels to scan next. Then, when the driver checks
if it should do a passive scan, that will return false and attempt an
active scan. This is not only wrong but can also lead to the iwlwifi
device firmware crashing since it checks regulatory as well.
Fix this by not setting the channel flags to just disabled but rather
OR'ing in the disabled flag. That way, even if the race happens, the
channel will be scanned passively which is still (mostly) correct.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/sta_info.c
net/wireless/core.h
Two minor conflicts in wireless. Overlapping additions of extern
declarations in net/wireless/core.h and a bug fix overlapping with
the addition of a boolean parameter to __ieee80211_key_free().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduced in f9f475292d
("cfg80211: always check for scan end on P2P device")
cfg80211_conn_scan() which requires sched_scan_mtx to be held can be called
from cfg80211_conn_work(). Without this we are hitting multiple warnings like
the following:
WARNING: at net/wireless/sme.c:88 cfg80211_conn_scan+0x1dc/0x3a0 [cfg80211]()
Hardware name: 0578A21
Modules linked in: ...
Pid: 620, comm: kworker/3:1 Not tainted 3.9.0-rc4-next-20130328+ #326
Call Trace:
[<c1036992>] warn_slowpath_common+0x72/0xa0
[<c10369e2>] warn_slowpath_null+0x22/0x30
[<faa4b0ec>] cfg80211_conn_scan+0x1dc/0x3a0 [cfg80211]
[<faa4b344>] cfg80211_conn_do_work+0x94/0x380 [cfg80211]
[<faa4c3b2>] cfg80211_conn_work+0xa2/0x130 [cfg80211]
[<c1051858>] process_one_work+0x198/0x450
Signed-off-by: Artem Savkov <artem.savkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a new constant ETH_P_802_3_MIN, the minimum ethernet type for
an 802.3 frame. Frames with a lower value in the ethernet type field
are Ethernet II.
Also update all the users of this value that David Miller and
I could find to use the new constant.
Also correct a bug in util.c. The comparison with ETH_P_802_3_MIN
should be >= not >.
As suggested by Jesse Gross.
Compile tested only.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Cc: Karsten Keil <isdn@linux-pingi.de>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bart De Schuymer <bart.de.schuymer@pandora.be>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: bridge@lists.linux-foundation.org
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: dev@openvswitch.org
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If a P2P device wdev is removed while it has a scan, then the
scan completion might crash later as it is already freed by
that time. To avoid the crash always check the scan completion
when the P2P device is being removed for some reason. If the
driver already canceled it, don't want and free it, otherwise
warn and leak it to avoid later crashes.
In order to do this, locking needs to be changed away from the
rdev mutex (which can't always be guaranteed). For now, use
the sched_scan_mtx instead, I'll rename it to just scan_mtx in
a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Arend reported a crash in tracing if the driver returns an
ERR_PTR() value from the add_virtual_intf() callback. This
is due to the tracing then still attempting to dereference
the "pointer", fix this by using IS_ERR_OR_NULL().
Reported-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix to return a negative error code from the error handling
case instead of 0, as returned elsewhere in this function.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If wpa_supplicant and iw/iwconfig are used together, very
rarely the system crashes. It seems to be related to the
connection parameters not being set up, but it's not all
clear to me how this happens. In any case, checking that
the conn pointer exists here is probably a good idea.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the odd case that while updating information from a beacon,
a BSS was found that is part of a hidden group, we drop the
new information. In this case, however, we leak the IE buffer
from the update, and erroneously update the entry's timestamp
so it will never time out. Fix both these issues.
Cc: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is NETDEV_ENTRY that was incorrectly assigned as WIPHY_ASSIGN,
fix it.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the user requested a userspace MPM, automatically
disable auto_open_plinks to fully disable the kernel MPM.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh station types used to refer to whether the
station was secure or nonsecure. Really the salient
information is whether it is managed by the kernel or
userspace
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Secure mesh had the implicit requirement that the Mesh
Peering Management entity be in userspace. However
userspace might want to implement an open MPM as well, so
specify a mesh setup parameter to indicate this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For VHT, the wider bandwidths (up to 160 MHz) need
to be allowed. Since world roaming only covers the
case of connecting to an AP, it can be opened up
there, we will rely on the AP to know the local
regulations.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no reason TDLS should be prevented on P2P client
interfaces, and most of the code already handles it, so
allow adding stations for it.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If possible that after suspend, cfg80211 will receive request to
disconnect what require action on interface that was removed during
suspend.
Problem can manifest itself by various warnings similar to below one:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/driver-ops.h:12 ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x2f9/0x300 [mac80211]()
wlan0: Failed check-sdata-in-driver check, flags: 0x4
Call Trace:
[<c043e0b3>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x33/0x40
[<f83707c9>] ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x2f9/0x300 [mac80211]
[<f83a660a>] ieee80211_recalc_ps_vif+0x2a/0x30 [mac80211]
[<f83a6706>] ieee80211_set_disassoc+0xf6/0x500 [mac80211]
[<f83a9441>] ieee80211_mgd_deauth+0x1f1/0x280 [mac80211]
[<f8381b36>] ieee80211_deauth+0x16/0x20 [mac80211]
[<f8261e70>] cfg80211_mlme_down+0x70/0xc0 [cfg80211]
[<f8264de1>] __cfg80211_disconnect+0x1b1/0x1d0 [cfg80211]
To fix the problem disconnect from any associated network before
suspend. User space is responsible to establish connection again
after resume. This basically need to be done by user space anyway,
because associated stations can go away during suspend (for example
NetworkManager disconnects on suspend and connect on resume by default).
Patch also handle situation when driver refuse to suspend with wowlan
configured and try to suspend again without it.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES to support update of FT IEs to the WLAN
driver and NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT to send FT events from the WLAN driver.
This will carry the target AP's MAC address along with the relevant
Information Elements. This event is used to report received FT IEs
(MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). These changes allow FT to be supported
with drivers that use an internal SME instead of user space option (like
FT implementation in wpa_supplicant with mac80211-based drivers).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's not useful to specify a 0 keepalive interval, this
would send too much data. Prohibit this to also avoid
device issues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211_mlme_assoc() has grown far too many arguments,
make the caller build almost all of the driver struct
and pass that to the function instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For testing it's sometimes useful to be able to
override certain VHT capability advertisement,
add the ability to do that in cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is the sort of thing gcc's LTO could do, but since
we don't have that yet we can also do it manually. The
advantage is reduced code, both source and binary, e.g.
on x86-64
text data bss dec hex filename
442825 56230 776 499831 7a077 cfg80211.ko (before)
441585 56230 776 498591 79b9f cfg80211.ko (after)
a reduction of ~1k.
But in order to not complicate the code move only those
functions that are simple wrappers, not those that have
functionality of their own.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add back the channel width and extended capability data
to wiphy information if split information is supported.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add back the previously removed TCP WoWLAN information,
but only if userspace is prepared to deal with large
wiphy capability data dumps.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If userspace is updated to deal with large split wiphy
information dumps, add back the radar information that
could otherwise push the data over the limit of the
netlink dump messages.
Cc: Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The per-wiphy information is getting large, to the point
where with more than the typical number of channels it's
too large and overflows, and userspace can't get any of
the information at all.
To address this (in a way that doesn't require making all
messages bigger) allow userspace to specify that it can
deal with wiphy information split across multiple parts
of the dump, and if it can split up the data. This also
splits up each channel separately so an arbitrary number
of channels can be supported.
Additionally, since GET_WIPHY has the same problem, add
support for filtering the wiphy dump and get information
for a single wiphy only, this allows userspace apps to
use dump in this case to retrieve all data from a single
device.
As userspace needs to know if all this this is supported,
add a global nl80211 feature set and include a bit for
this behaviour in it.
Cc: Dennis H Jensen <dennis.h.jensen@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The station change API isn't being checked properly before
drivers are called, and as a result it is difficult to see
what should be allowed and what not.
In order to comprehensively check the API parameters parse
everything first, and then have the driver call a function
(cfg80211_check_station_change()) with the additionally
information about the kind of station that is being changed;
this allows the function to make better decisions than the
old code could.
While at it, also add a few checks, particularly in mesh
and clarify the TDLS station lifetime in documentation.
To be able to reduce a few checks, ignore any flag set bits
when the mask isn't set, they shouldn't be applied then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the ability to leave the plink_state unchanged not use a
magic -1 variable that isn't in the enum, but an explicit change
flag; reject invalid plink states or actions and move the needed
constants for plink actions to the right header file. Also
reject plink_state changes for non-mesh interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Given a device with many channels capabilities the wiphy
information can still overflow even though its size in
3.9 was reduced to 3.8 levels. For new userspace and
kernel 3.10 we're going to implement a new "split dump"
protocol that can use multiple messages per wiphy.
For now though, add a workaround to be able to send more
information to userspace. Since generic netlink doesn't
have a way to set the minimum dump size globally, and we
wouldn't really want to set it globally anyway, increase
the size only when needed, as described in the comments.
As userspace might not be prepared for large buffers, we
can only use 4k.
Also increase the size for the get_wiphy command.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is another case of data increasing the size of the
wiphy information significantly with a new feature, for
now remove this as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Just like the radar information, the TCP WoWLAN capability
data can increase the wiphy information and make it too
big. Remove the TCP WoWLAN information; no driver supports
it and new userspace tools will be required as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The wiphy information is getting very close to being too
much for a typical netlink dump message and adding the
radar attributes to channels and interface combinations
can push it over the limit, which means userspace gets no
information whatsoever. Therefore, remove these again for
now, no driver actually supports radar detection anyway
and a modified userspace is required as well.
We're working on a solution that will allow userspace to
request splitting the information across multiple netlink
messages, which will allow us to add this back.
Cc: Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
This probably is the last big pull request for wireless bits
for 3.9. Of course, I'm sure there will be a few stragglers here
and there...surely a few bug fixes as well... :-) (In fact, I see
that Johannes has already queued-up a few more for me while I was
preparing this...)
Included are a number of pulls...
For mac80211-next, Johannes says:
"The biggest change I have is undoubtedly Marco's mesh powersave
implementation. Beyond that, I have a patch from Emmanuel to modify the
DTIM period API in mac80211, scan improvements and a removal of some
previous workaround code from Stanislaw, dynamic short slot time from
Thomas and 64-bit station byte counters from Vladimir. I also made a
number of changes myself, some related to WoWLAN, some auth/deauth
improvements and most of them BSS list cleanups."
"This time, I have relatively large number of fixes in various areas of
the code (a memory leak in regulatory, an RX race in mac80211, the new
radar checking caused a P2P device problem, some mesh issues with
stations, an older bug in tracing and for kernel-doc) as well as a
number of small new features. The biggest (in the diffstat) is my work
on hidden SSID tracking."
"Please pull to get
* radar detection work from Simon
* mesh improvements from Thomas
* a connection monitoring/powersave fix from Wojciech
* TDLS-related station management work from Jouni
* VLAN crypto fixes from Michael Braun
* CCK support in minstrel_ht from Felix
* an SMPS (not SMSP, oops) related improvement in mac80211 (Emmanuel)
* some WoWLAN work from Amitkumar Karwar: pattern match offset and a
documentation fix
* some WoWLAN work from myself (TCP connection wakeup feature API)
* and a lot of VHT (and some HT) work (also from myself)
And a number of more random cleanups/fixes. I merged mac80211/master to
avoid a merge problem there."
And regarding iwlwifi-next, Johannes says:
"We continue work on our new driver, but I also have a WoWLAN and AP mode
improvement for the previous driver and a change to use threaded
interrupts to prepare us for working with non-PCIe devices."
Regarding wl12xx, Luca says:
"A few more patches intended for 3.9. Mostly some clean-ups I've been
doing to make it easier to support device-tree. Also including one bug
fix for wl12xx where the rates we advertise were wrong and an update in
the wlconf structure to support newer firmwares."
For the nfc-next bits, Samuel says:
"This is the second NFC pull request for 3.9.
We have:
- A few pn533 fixes on top of Waldemar refactorization of the driver, one of
them fixes target mode.
- A new driver for Inside Secure microread chipset. It supports two
physical layers: i2c and MEI. The MEI one depends on a patchset that's
been sent to Greg Kroah-Hartman for inclusion into the 3.9 kernel [1]. The
dependency is a KConfig one which means this code is not buildable as long
as the MEI API is not usptream."
"This 3rd NFC pull request for 3.9 contains a fix for the microread MEI
physical layer support, as the MEI bus API changed.
From the MEI code, we now pass the MEI id back to the driver probe routine,
and we also pass a name and a MEI id table through the mei_bus_driver
structure. A few renames as well like e.g. mei_bus_driver to mei_driver or
mei_bus_client to mei_device in order to be closer to the driver model
practices."
For the ath6kl bits, Kalle says:
"There's not anything special here, most of the patches are just code
cleanup. The only functional changes are using the beacon interval from user
space and fixing a crash which happens when inserting and removing the
module in a loop."
Also, I pulled the wireless tree in order to resolve some pending
merge issues. On top of that, there is a bunch of work on brcmfmac
that leads up to P2P support. Also, mwifiex, rtlwifi, and a variety
of other drivers see some basic cleanups and minor enhancements.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
proc_net_remove is only used to remove proc entries
that under /proc/net,it's not a general function for
removing proc entries of netns. if we want to remove
some proc entries which under /proc/net/stat/, we still
need to call remove_proc_entry.
this patch use remove_proc_entry to replace proc_net_remove.
we can remove proc_net_remove after this patch.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Right now, some modules such as bonding use proc_create
to create proc entries under /proc/net/, and other modules
such as ipv4 use proc_net_fops_create.
It looks a little chaos.this patch changes all of
proc_net_fops_create to proc_create. we can remove
proc_net_fops_create after this patch.
Signed-off-by: Gao feng <gaofeng@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Larry noticed (and bisected) that commit df881293c6
"cfg80211: Pass TDLS peer's QoS/HT/VHT information during set_station"
broke secure connections. This is is the case only for drivers that
don't support TDLS, where any kind of change, even just the change of
authorized flag that is required for normal operation, was rejected
now. To fix this, remove the checks. I have some patches that will add
proper verification for all the different cases later.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Bisected-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The information of the peer's capabilities is required for the driver
to perform TDLS Peer UAPSD operations. This information of the peer is
passed by the supplicant using NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command. This
commit enhances the function nl80211_set_station to pass this
information of the peer to the driver in case this command is used
with the TDLS peer STA.
In addition, make the HT/VHT capability configuration handled more
consistently for other STA cases (reject both instead of just HT).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The information of the peer's capabilities and extended capabilities are
required for the driver to perform TDLS Peer UAPSD operations and off
channel operations. This information of the peer is passed from user space
using NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command. This commit enhances
the function nl80211_set_station to pass the capability information of
the peer to the driver.
Similarly, there may be need for capability information for other modes,
so allow this to be provided with both add_station and change_station.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In many cases, userspace may need to know which of the
802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities
element") are implemented in the driver or device, to
include them e.g. in beacons, assoc request/response
or other frames. Add a new nl80211 attribute to hold
the extended capabilities bitmap for this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When drivers or regulatory have limitations on
40, 80 or 160 MHz channels, advertise these to
userspace via nl80211. Also add a new feature
flag to let userspace know this is supported.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers might support 80 or 160 MHz only on some
channels for whatever reason, so allow them to disable
these channel widths. Also maintain the new flags when
regulatory bandwidth limitations would disable these
wide channels.
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add new NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, which starts the Channel
Availability Check (CAC). This command will also notify the
usermode about events (CAC finished, CAC aborted, radar
detected, NOP finished).
Once radar detection has started it should continuously
monitor for radars as long as the channel is active.
This patch enables DFS for AP mode in nl80211/cfg80211.
Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
[remove WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_RADAR_DETECT again -- my mistake]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Intel Wireless devices are able to make a TCP connection
after suspending, sending some data and waking up when
the connection receives wakeup data (or breaks). Add the
WoWLAN configuration and feature advertising API for it.
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
cfg80211_find_vendor_ie() was checking only that the vendor IE would
fit in the remaining IEs buffer. If a corrupt includes a vendor IE
that is too small, we could potentially overrun the IEs buffer.
Fix this by checking that the vendor IE fits in the reported IE length
field and skip it otherwise.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
[change BUILD_BUG_ON to != 1 (from >= 2)]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If user knows the location of a wowlan pattern to be matched in
Rx packet, he can provide an offset with the pattern. This will
help drivers to ignore initial bytes and match the pattern
efficiently.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[refactor pattern sending]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While technically the TSF isn't an IE, it can be
necessary to distinguish between the TSF from a
beacon and a probe response, in particular in
order to know the next DTIM TBTT, as not all APs
are spec compliant wrt. TSF==0 being a DTIM TBTT
and thus the DTIM count needs to be taken into
account as well.
To allow this, move the TSF into the IE struct
so it can be known whence it came.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no way scan BSS IEs can be NULL as even
if the allocation fails the frame is discarded.
Remove some code checking for this and document
that it is always non-NULL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, cfg80211 will copy beacon IEs from a previously
received hidden SSID beacon to a probe response entry, if
that entry is created after the beacon entry. However, if
it is the other way around, or if the beacon is updated,
such changes aren't propagated.
Fix this by tracking the relation between the probe
response and beacon BSS structs in this case.
In case drivers have private data stored in a BSS struct
and need access to such data from a beacon entry, cfg80211
now provides the hidden_beacon_bss pointer from the probe
response entry to the beacon entry.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This prepares for using the spinlock instead of krefs
which is needed in the next patch to track the refs
of combined BSSes correctly.
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> [mwifiex]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a driver requests a specific regulatory domain after cfg80211 already
has one, a struct ieee80211_regdomain is leaked.
Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/ethtool.c
drivers/net/vmxnet3/vmxnet3_drv.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/dvm/tx.c
net/ipv6/route.c
The ipv6 route.c conflict is simple, just ignore the 'net' side change
as we fixed the same problem in 'net-next' by eliminating cached
neighbours from ipv6 routes.
The e1000e conflict is an addition of a new statistic in the ethtool
code, trivial.
The vmxnet3 conflict is about one change in 'net' removing a guarding
conditional, whilst in 'net-next' we had a netdev_info() conversion.
The iwlwifi conflict is dealing with a WARN_ON() conversion in
'net-next' vs. a revert happening in 'net'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of annotating with a comment, add a lockdep
annotation which also serves as documentation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The comment about allocating the IEs together with
the BSS struct is no longer true, remove it. Also
fix a typo in the same area.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As Thomas pointed out, cfg80211_get_mesh() is
unused and can be removed.
Cc: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of first checking if a BSS is an MBSS
and then doing the comparisons, inline it all
into the BSS comparison function. This avoids
doing the IE searches twice and is also a lot
less code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When trying to find a hidden SSID, the lookup function
is done wrong; the code is trying to combine the two
lookups into one, and as a consequence doesn't always
find the entry at all. To understand this, consider a
case where multiple BSS entries with the same channel
and BSSID exist but have different SSID length. Then
comparing against the probe response SSID length is
bound to cause problems since the hidden one might be
either zeroed out or zero-length.
To fix this we need to do two lookups for the two ways
to hide SSIDs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of duplicating the rbtree functions, pass
an argument to the compare function. This removes
the code duplication for the two searches.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In per-station statistics, present 32bit counters are too small
for practical purposes - with gigabit speeds, it get overlapped
every few seconds.
Expand counters in the struct station_info to be 64-bit.
Driver can still fill only 32-bit and indicate in @filled
only bits like STATION_INFO_[TR]X_BYTES; in case driver provides
full 64-bit counter, it should also set in @filled
bit STATION_INFO_[TR]RX_BYTES64
Netlink sends both 32-bit and 64-bit counters, if present, to not
break userspace.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[change to also have 32-bit counters if driver advertises 64-bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that mac80211 no longer uses this API, remove
it completely. If anyone needs it again, we can
revert this patch of course, but mac80211 was the
only user right now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When waking up from WoWLAN, it is useful to know
what triggered the wakeup. Support reporting the
wakeup reason(s) in cfg80211 (and a pass-through
in mac80211) to allow userspace to know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The warning here occasionally triggers but we haven't
found the cause yet. It's a valid warning since if it
triggers the SME state got confused, so add the SME
state to it to help narrow it down in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add API to enable drivers to implement MAC address based
access control in AP/P2P GO mode. Capable drivers advertise
this capability by setting the maximum number of MAC
addresses in such a list in wiphy->max_acl_mac_addrs.
An initial ACL may be given to the NL80211_CMD_START_AP
command and/or changed later with NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL.
Black- and whitelists are supported, but not simultaneously.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
[rewrite commit log, many cleanups]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In commit "cfg80211: check radar interface combinations" a regression
was introduced which might lead to NULL dereference if the argument
chan = NULL, which might happen in IBSS/wext case (and probably
others).
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We do a:
sprintf(buf, " Last beacon: %ums ago",
elapsed_jiffies_msecs(bss->ts));
elapsed_jiffies_msecs() can return a 10 digit number so "buf" needs to
be 31 characters long.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To ease further DFS development regarding interface combinations, use
the interface combinations structure to test for radar capabilities.
Drivers can specify which channel widths they support, and in which
modes. Right now only a single AP interface is allowed, but as the
DFS code evolves other combinations can be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP attribute was originally added for
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, but it is actually as useful (if not even more
useful) with NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, so process that attribute with the
connect command, too.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As per email discussion Jouni Malinen pointed out that:
"P2P message exchanges can be executed on the current operating channel
of any operation (both P2P and non-P2P station). These can be on 5 GHz
and even on 60 GHz (so yes, you _can_ do GO Negotiation on 60 GHz).
As an example, it would be possible to receive a GO Negotiation Request
frame on a 5 GHz only radio and then to complete GO Negotiation on that
band. This can happen both when connected to a P2P group (through client
discoverability mechanism) and when connected to a legacy AP (assuming
the station receive Probe Request frame from full scan in the beginning
of P2P device discovery)."
This means that P2P messages can be sent over different radio devices.
However, these should use the same P2P device address so it should be
able to provision this from user-space. This patch adds a parameter for
this to struct vif_params which should only be used during creation of
the P2P device interface.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: Greg Goldman <ggoldman@broadcom.com>
Cc: Jithu Jance <jithu@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[add error checking]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the nl80211_mesh_power_mode enumeration which holds possible
values for the mesh power mode. These modes are unknown, active,
light sleep and deep sleep.
Add power_mode entry to the mesh config structure to hold the
user-configured default mesh power mode. This value will be used
for new peer links.
Add the dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration value to the mesh config.
The awake window is a duration in TU describing how long the STA
will stay awake after transmitting its beacon in PS mode.
Add access routines to:
- get/set local link-specific power mode (STA)
- get remote STA's link-specific power mode (STA)
- get remote STA's non-peer power mode (STA)
- get/set default mesh power mode (mesh config)
- get/set mesh awake window duration (mesh config)
All config changes may be done at mesh runtime and take effect
immediately.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Bezyazychnyy <ivan.bezyazychnyy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Krinkin <krinkin.m.u@gmail.com>
[fix commit message line length, error handling in set station]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the default mesh beacon interval and DTIM period to cfg80211
and make them accessible to nl80211. This enables setting both
values when joining an MBSS.
Previously the DTIM parameter was not set by mac80211 so the
driver's default value was used.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Ranges are taken from IEEE 802.11-2012, common sense or current
implementation requirements.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_cmn.c
Both conflicts were simply overlapping context.
A build fix for qlcnic is in here too, simply removing the added
devinit annotations which no longer exist.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since:
commit 2c60db0370
Author: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Date: Sun Sep 16 09:17:26 2012 +0000
net: provide a default dev->ethtool_ops
wireless core does not correctly assign ethtool_ops.
After alloc_netdev*() call, some cfg80211 drivers provide they own
ethtool_ops, but some do not. For them, wireless core provide generic
cfg80211_ethtool_ops, which is assigned in NETDEV_REGISTER notify call:
if (!dev->ethtool_ops)
dev->ethtool_ops = &cfg80211_ethtool_ops;
But after Eric's commit, dev->ethtool_ops is no longer NULL (on cfg80211
drivers without custom ethtool_ops), but points to &default_ethtool_ops.
In order to fix the problem, provide function which will overwrite
default_ethtool_ops and use it by wireless core.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 1a9193185f "regulatory: code cleanup"
changed is_ht40_allowed without considering that IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 is
not just one flag, but two.
This is causing HT40- to be blocked completely.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My commit 379b82f4c9
("regulatory: pass new regdomain to reset function")
broke the restore_regulatory_settings() function due
to a logic change. Consider this change:
- reset_regdomains(true);
- cfg80211_regdomain = cfg80211_world_regdom;
+ reset_regdomains(true, cfg80211_world_regdom);
This looks innocent enough, until you realise that the
called function (reset_regdomains) also resets the
cfg80211_world_regdom pointer, so that the old version
of the code would use the new object it pointed to and
the new version of the code uses the old object. This
lead to a double-free of this object.
Since reset_regdomains() sets it to &world_regdom, use
that directly.
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Tested-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Reported-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The uevent callback doesn't protect its access to
last_request, which now causes a warning since
the conversion to get_last_request(). Fix this by
allowing to use RCU protection for last_request.
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use strlcpy where possible to ensure the string is \0 terminated.
Use always sizeof(string) instead of 32, ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN
and custom defines.
Use snprintf instead of sprint.
Remove unnecessary inits of ->fw_version
Remove unnecessary inits of drvinfo struct.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The following changes are invalid and should be
disallowed when a station already exists:
* supported rates changes, except for TDLS peers
* listen interval changes
* HT capability changes
Disallow them and also update a mac80211 comment
explaining how they would be racy.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Today, stations are added already associated. That is
inefficient if, for example, the driver has no room
for stations any more because then the station will
go through the entire auth/assoc handshake, only to
be kicked out afterwards.
To address this a bit better, at least with drivers
using the new station state callback, allow hostapd
to add stations in unauthenticated mode, just after
receiving the AUTH frame, before even replying. Thus
if there's no more space at that point, it can send
a negative auth frame back. It still needs to handle
later state transition errors though, of course.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We should not add new beacon hints even if the wiphy
is not world roaming. Without this we were always adding
a beacon hint if not world roaming for every non world
roaming wiphy interface.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
[fix locking]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will be used later by other code. This has no
functional change.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Regulatory beacon hints are used to help with world roaming
and as it is right now we learn from a beacon hint processed
on one wiphy to all other wiphys. The processing of beacon
hints however is scheduled and if we have a lot of interfaces
we may hit the case that we'll queue a the same beacon hint
many times until its processed.
To avoid this do a lookup on the queued up beacon hints prior
to adding a new beacon hint. If the beacon hint is removed
from the pending reg beacon hint list then it would be processed
and we'd ensure all wiphys would have learned from it, if its
on the pending reg beacon list we'd now find it prior to it
being processed.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of returning an error and filling a pointer
return the pointer and an ERR_PTR value in error cases.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow making freq_reg_info() lock-free.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To simplify the locking and not require cfg80211_mutex
(which nl80211 uses to access the global regdomain) and
also to make it possible for drivers to access their
wiphy->regd safely, use RCU to protect these pointers.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of assigning after calling the function do
it inside the function. This will later avoid a
period of time where the pointer is NULL.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel bandwidth handling isn't really quite right,
it assumes that a 40 MHz channel is really two 20 MHz
channels, which isn't strictly true. This is the way the
regulatory database handling is defined right now though
so remove the logic to handle other channel widths.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's a bug with the world regulatory domain, it
can be updated any time which is different from all
other regdomains that can only be updated once after
a request for them. Fix this by adding a check for
"processed" to the reg_is_valid_request() function
and clear that when doing a request.
While looking at this I also found another locking
bug, last_request is protected by the reg_mutex not
the cfg80211_mutex so the code in nl80211 is racy.
Remove that code as it only tries to prevent an
allocation in an error case, which isn't necessary.
Then the function can also become static and locking
in nl80211 can have a smaller scope.
Also change __set_regdom() to do the checks earlier
and not different for world/other regdomains.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() doesn't have to hold
the regulatory mutex as it only modifies the given
wiphy with the given regulatory domain, it doesn't
access any global regulatory data.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Many places that currently check that cfg80211_mutex
is held don't actually use any data protected by it.
The functions that need to hold the cfg80211_mutex
are the ones using the cfg80211_regdomain variable,
so add the lock assertion to those and clarify this
in the comments.
The reason for this is that nl80211 uses the regdom
without being able to hold reg_mutex.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function itself has dual-purpose: it can
retrieve from a given regdomain or from the
globally installed one. Change it to have a
single purpose only: to look up from a given
regdomain. Pass the correct regdomain in the
freq_reg_info() function instead.
This also changes the locking rules for it,
no locking is required any more.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even if it never happens and is hidden behind the
debug config option, it's completely useless: the
calltrace will only show module loading.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
toupper() only modifies lower-case letters, so
the isalpha() check is redundant; remove it.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use list_splice_tail_init() and also simplify the locking.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This code is a bit too BUG_ON happy, remove all
instances and while doing so make some code a bit
smarter by passing the right pointer instead of
indices into arrays.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is pretty much useless since get_wiphy_idx()
always returns true since it's always called with
a valid wiphy pointer.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of treating special error codes specially,
like -EALREADY, introduce a real enum for all the
needed possibilities and use it.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It would be a major problem if anything were to run
concurrently while the module is being unloaded so
remove the locking that doesn't help anything.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clean up various things like indentation, extra
parentheses, too many/few line breaks, etc.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to unlock before calling
queue_regulatory_request(), so simplify
the function.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to test whether a list is
empty or not before iterating.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use ERR_PTR/IS_ERR to return the result or errors,
also do some code cleanups.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As the dummy_rule (also renamed from irule) is only
used for output by the reg_rules_intersect() function
there's no need to clear it at all, remove that.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to allocate one reg rule more
than will be used, reduce the allocations. The
allocation in nl80211 already doesn't allocate
too much space.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When intersecting rules, we count first to know how many
rules need to be allocated, and then do the intersection
into the allocated array. However, the code doing this
writes past the end of the array because it attempts to
do all intersections. Make it stop when the right number
of rules has been reached.
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CONFIG_HOTPLUG is always enabled now, so remove the unused code that was
trying to be compiled out when this option was disabled, in the
networking core.
Cc: Bill Pemberton <wfp5p@virginia.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For channels wider than 20 MHz OFDM will be used, so when
checking whether or not a channel is usable, check for the
no-OFDM flag if the channel is wider than 20 MHz.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix an error on mesh join when no channel has been
explicitly set beforehand.
Also remove a double semicolon.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a BSS struct is updated, the IEs are currently
overwritten or freed. This can lead to races if some
other CPU is accessing the BSS struct and using the
IEs concurrently.
Fix this by always allocating the IEs in a new struct
that holds the data and length and protecting access
to this new struct with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The cmp_bss() comparator function uses memcmp() to
compare the SSID. This means that cmp_hidden_bss()
needs to similarly return a number bigger than zero
(use 1) instead of -1 when ie1 is bigger than ie2,
which is the case if an ie2 byte is non-zero.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to stop the machine, just leak
the BSS entry if there's an issue with its hold
counter when freeing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is a standalone if, seems to be a regression of commit
"nl80211/cfg80211: add VHT MCS support".
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The CQM TX-error rate/interval can't be less than
zero since they're unsigned values, remove checks.
Also fix indentation of the function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a driver supports P2P GO powersave, allow it to
set the new feature flags for it and allow userspace
to configure the parameters for it. This can be done
at GO startup and later changed with SET_BSS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some of the chandef checking that we do in cfg80211
to check if a channel is supported or not is also
needed in mac80211, so rework that a bit and export
the functions that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, e.g. probe_status, there were spaces
missing so the trace output was confusing. Also make
it more like mac80211 when printing netdevs/wiphys
to make reading a combined log easier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for reporting and calculating VHT MCSes.
Note that I'm not completely sure that the bitrate
calculations are correct, nor that they can't be
simplified.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change nl80211 to support specifying a VHT (or HT)
using the control channel frequency (as before) and
new attributes for the channel width and first and
second center frequency. The old channel type is of
course still supported for HT.
Also change the cfg80211 channel definition struct
to support these by adding the relevant fields to
it (and removing the _type field.)
This also adds new helper functions:
- cfg80211_chandef_create to create a channel def
struct given the control channel and channel type,
- cfg80211_chandef_identical to check if two channel
definitions are identical
- cfg80211_chandef_compatible to check if the given
channel definitions are compatible, and return the
wider of the two
This isn't entirely complete, but that doesn't matter
until we have a driver using it. In particular, it's
missing
- regulatory checks on the usable bandwidth (if that
even makes sense)
- regulatory TX power (database can't deal with it)
- a proper channel compatibility calculation for the
new channel types
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of passing a channel pointer and channel type
to all functions and driver methods, pass a new channel
definition struct. Right now, this struct contains just
the control channel and channel type, but for VHT this
will change.
Also, add a small inline cfg80211_get_chandef_type() so
that drivers don't need to use the _type field of the
new structure all the time, which will change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the
only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel
with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it.
This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations
right now.
Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or
not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code
by removing the ability to use different channel types.
Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if
we extend it again later (with the needed capability
flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function cfg80211_get_p2p_attr() can fail and returns
a negative error code. However, the return type is unsigned
int. The largest positive number is determined by desired_len
variable in the function, which is u16. So changing the return
type to int to allow easy error checking. Also change the type
for the attribute to enum for improved type checking.
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
[fix indentation, don't use u8 attr variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 checks the DS params IE if present and
uses it for the (primary) BSS channel, instead of the one
that the frame was received on. This is particularly useful
in the 2.4 GHz band since a frame is often received on one
of the adjacent channels due to overlap.
Move this code to cfg80211 so other drivers also do this.
Additionally, on 5 GHz, in particular with some (possibly)
upcoming changes in 802.11ai and duplicate transmissions
when wider channels are used, something similar happens.
So if present, also use the (primary) channel information
contained in the HT operation IE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER command was previously used only for userspace
request for the kernel code to perform TDLS operations. However, there
are also cases where the driver may need to request operations from
userspace, e.g., when using security on the AP path. Add a new cfg80211
function for generating a TDLS operation event for drivers to request a
new link to be set up (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP) or an existing link to be
torn down (NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). Drivers can optionally use these
events, e.g., based on noticing data traffic being sent to a peer
station that is seen with good signal strength.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to ask the user about lib80211
since it will be selected by drivers requiring
it, hide it from Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When in world roaming mode, allow 40 MHz to be used
on channels 12 and 13 so that an AP that is, e.g.,
using HT40+ on channel 9 (in the UK) can be used.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Eddie Chapman <eddie@ehuk.net>
Tested-by: Eddie Chapman <eddie@ehuk.net>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The userspace may want to know what is the current ssid that a given
interface is using. This patch enables nl80211 to send the
NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute in nl80211_send_iface().
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Store the configured ssid in wdev->ssid when starting an AP
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Parsing the P2P attributes can be tricky as their
contents can be split across multiple (vendor) IEs.
Thus, it's not possible to parse them like IEs (by
returning a pointer to the data.) Instead, provide
a function that copies the attribute data into a
caller-provided buffer and returns the size needed
(useful in case the buffer was too small.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The commit:
commit 5e760230e4
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri Nov 4 11:18:17 2011 +0100
cfg80211: allow registering to beacons
allowed only a single process to register for beacon events
per wiphy. This breaks cases where a user may want two or
more VIFs on a wiphy and run a seperate hostapd process on
each vif.
This patch allows multiple beacon listeners, fixing the
regression.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This command triggers a new callback: set_mcast_rate(). It enables
the user to change the rate used to send multicast frames for vif
configured as IBSS or MESH_POINT
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TX power setting is currently per wiphy (hardware
device) but with multi-channel capabilities that doesn't
make much sense any more.
Allow drivers (and mac80211) to advertise support for
per-interface TX power configuration. When the TX power
is configured for the wiphy, the wdev will be NULL and
the driver can still handle that, but when a wdev is
given the TX power can be set only for that wdev now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Setting the wdev to NULL when the channel can't be
set for that interface type (to treat the channel
setting for the wiphy/monitor) currently works, but
is confusing in the code if netdev/wdev aren't both
set/unset in the same way. Move the check whether
the channel can be set to where it's needed so that
wdev and netdev are always both assigned or NULL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A number of places in the mesh code don't check that
the frame data is present and in the skb header when
trying to access. Add those checks and the necessary
pskb_may_pull() calls. This prevents accessing data
that doesn't actually exist.
To do this, export ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen() to be
able to use it in mac80211.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh header can have address extension by a 4th
or a 5th and 6th address, but never both. Drop such
frames in 802.11 -> 802.3 conversion along with any
frames that have the wrong extension.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These were missed due to the tracing work having
started on a kernel that didn't have P2P Device
yet, implement them now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A few places touch chan->max_power based on updated tx power rules, but
forget to do the same to chan->max_reg_power.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
No driver initializes chan->max_antenna_gain to something sensible, and
the only place where it is being used right now is inside ath9k. This
leads to ath9k potentially using less tx power than it can use, which can
decrease performance/range in some rare cases.
Rather than going through every single driver, this patch initializes
chan->orig_mag in wiphy_register(), ignoring whatever value the driver
left in there. If a driver for some reason wishes to limit it independent
from regulatory rulesets, it can do so internally.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Also add tracing to the API functions that drivers
(and mac80211) can call in cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add tracing to make debugging cfg80211/mac80211
(or full-mac driver) interaction easier.
Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Hila Gonen <hila.gonen@intel.com>
Tested-by: Hila Gonen <hila.gonen@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
[add a cast to int to sizeof() to avoid warning]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This will allow adding central tracing like in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Hila Gonen <hila.gonen@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, a user is allowed to choose a HT operating channel
with WEP when creating an IBSS network. WEP is not allowed
in HT configuration - this patch ensures that such requests
are denied.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qti.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add an NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH flag that causes old bss cache
entries to be flushed on scan completion. This is useful for
collecting guaranteed fresh scan/survey result (e.g. on resume).
For normal scan, flushing only happens on successful completion
of a scan; i.e. it does not happen if the scan is aborted.
For scheduled scan, previous scan results are flushed everytime
when we get new scan results.
This feature is enabled by default. Drivers can disable it by
unsetting the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH flag.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[invert polarity of feature flag to account for old kernels]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY flag support. It tells drivers
that this is a low priority scan request, so that they can take
necessary action.
Drivers need to advertise low priority scan capability during
registration.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
bss_release() and __cfg80211_unlink_bss() function definitions
are moved at the begining of the file. They are used in next
patch in this series.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a flags word to direct and scheduled scan requests; it will
be used for control of optional behaviours such as flushing the
bss cache prior to doing a scan.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SAE extends Authentication frames with fields that are not information
elements. NL80211_ATTR_IE is not suitable for these, so introduce a new
attribute that can be used to specify the fields needed for SAE in
station mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
[change to verify that SAE is only used with authenticate command]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Avoid situation when we are on associate state in mac80211 and
on disassociate state in cfg80211. This can results on crash
during modules unload (like showed on this thread:
http://marc.info/?t=134373976300001&r=1&w=2) and possibly other
problems.
Reported-by: Pedro Francisco <pedrogfrancisco@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
Here is another batch of updates intended for 3.7...
Highlights include an hci_connect re-write in Bluetooth, HCI/LLC
layer separation in NFC, removal of the raw pn544 NFC driver, NFC LLCP
raw sockets support, improved IBSS auth frame handling in mac80211,
full-MAC AP mode notification support in mac80211, a lot of attention
paid to brcmfmac, and the usual level of updates to iwlwifi, ath9k,
mwifiex, and rt2x00, and various other updates.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/team/team.c
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
net/batman-adv/bat_iv_ogm.c
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
net/ipv4/route.c
net/l2tp/l2tp_netlink.c
The team, fib_frontend, route, and l2tp_netlink conflicts were simply
overlapping changes.
qmi_wwan and bat_iv_ogm were of the "use HEAD" variety.
With help from Antonio Quartulli.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current regulatory code on cfg80211 performs a check to
see if a regulatory rule belongs to an IEEE band so that if
a Country IE is received and no rules are specified for a
band (which is allowed by IEEE) those bands are left intact.
The current band check assumes a rule is bound to a band
if the rule's start or end frequency is less than 2 GHz
apart from the center of frequency being inspected.
In order to support 60 GHz for 802.11ad we need to increase
this to account for the channel spacing of 2160 MHz whereby
a channel somewhere in the middle of a regulatory rule may
be more than 2 GHz apart from either the beginning or
end of the frequency rule.
Without a fix for this even though channels 1-3 are allowed world
wide on the rule (57240 - 63720 @ 2160), channel 2 at 60480 MHz
will end up getting disabled given that it is 3240 MHz from
both the frequency rule start and end frequency. Fix this by
using 2 GHz separation assumption for the 2.4 and 5 GHz bands
but for 60 GHz use a 10 GHz separation before assuming a rule
is not part of the band.
Since we have no 802.11ad drivers yet merged this change has
no impact to existing Linux upstream device drivers.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When call_crda() is called we kick off a witch hunt search
for the same regulatory domain on our internal regulatory
database and that work gets kicked off on a workqueue, this
is done while the cfg80211_mutex is held. If that workqueue
kicks off it will first lock reg_regdb_search_mutex and
later cfg80211_mutex but to ensure two CPUs will not contend
against cfg80211_mutex the right thing to do is to have the
reg_regdb_search() wait until the cfg80211_mutex is let go.
The lockdep report is pasted below.
cfg80211: Calling CRDA to update world regulatory domain
======================================================
[ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
3.3.8 #3 Tainted: G O
-------------------------------------------------------
kworker/0:1/235 is trying to acquire lock:
(cfg80211_mutex){+.+...}, at: [<816468a4>] set_regdom+0x78c/0x808 [cfg80211]
but task is already holding lock:
(reg_regdb_search_mutex){+.+...}, at: [<81646828>] set_regdom+0x710/0x808 [cfg80211]
which lock already depends on the new lock.
the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
-> #2 (reg_regdb_search_mutex){+.+...}:
[<800a8384>] lock_acquire+0x60/0x88
[<802950a8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x54/0x31c
[<81645778>] is_world_regdom+0x9f8/0xc74 [cfg80211]
-> #1 (reg_mutex#2){+.+...}:
[<800a8384>] lock_acquire+0x60/0x88
[<802950a8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x54/0x31c
[<8164539c>] is_world_regdom+0x61c/0xc74 [cfg80211]
-> #0 (cfg80211_mutex){+.+...}:
[<800a77b8>] __lock_acquire+0x10d4/0x17bc
[<800a8384>] lock_acquire+0x60/0x88
[<802950a8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x54/0x31c
[<816468a4>] set_regdom+0x78c/0x808 [cfg80211]
other info that might help us debug this:
Chain exists of:
cfg80211_mutex --> reg_mutex#2 --> reg_regdb_search_mutex
Possible unsafe locking scenario:
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
lock(reg_regdb_search_mutex);
lock(reg_mutex#2);
lock(reg_regdb_search_mutex);
lock(cfg80211_mutex);
*** DEADLOCK ***
3 locks held by kworker/0:1/235:
#0: (events){.+.+..}, at: [<80089a00>] process_one_work+0x230/0x460
#1: (reg_regdb_work){+.+...}, at: [<80089a00>] process_one_work+0x230/0x460
#2: (reg_regdb_search_mutex){+.+...}, at: [<81646828>] set_regdom+0x710/0x808 [cfg80211]
stack backtrace:
Call Trace:
[<80290fd4>] dump_stack+0x8/0x34
[<80291bc4>] print_circular_bug+0x2ac/0x2d8
[<800a77b8>] __lock_acquire+0x10d4/0x17bc
[<800a8384>] lock_acquire+0x60/0x88
[<802950a8>] mutex_lock_nested+0x54/0x31c
[<816468a4>] set_regdom+0x78c/0x808 [cfg80211]
Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Tested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@do-not-panic.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In AP mode, when a station requests connection to an AP and if the
request is failed for particular reason, userspace is notified about the
failure through NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED command. Reason for the failure
is sent through the attribute NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON.
Signed-off-by: Pandiyarajan Pitchaimuthu <c_ppitch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The only case where intersected_rd can become non NULL is within an if. All
paths from that if return, so the end chunk has therefore squawked its
last and is no more.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is a frequent mistake to confuse the netlink port identifier with a
process identifier. Try to reduce this confusion by renaming fields
that hold port identifiers portid instead of pid.
I have carefully avoided changing the structures exported to
userspace to avoid changing the userspace API.
I have successfully built an allyesconfig kernel with this change.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pull in mac80211.git to let the next patch apply
without conflicts, also resolving a hwsim conflict.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/mac80211_hwsim.c
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The wext code checks is the event data is within size limits.
When this check fails a message is logged with violating size.
This patch adds the event id to put us on the right track for
resolving that violation.
Reviewed-by: Hante Meuleman <meuleman@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using list_move_tail() instead of list_del() + list_add_tail().
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
connkeys is malloced in nl80211_parse_connkeys() and should
be freed in the error handling case, otherwise it will cause
memory leak.
spatch with a semantic match is used to found this problem.
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to support using a different MAC address
for the P2P Device address we must first have a
P2P Device abstraction that can be assigned a MAC
address.
This abstraction will also be useful to support
offloading P2P operations to the device, e.g.
periodic listen for discoverability.
Currently, the driver is responsible for assigning
a MAC address to the P2P Device, but this could be
changed by allowing a MAC address to be given to
the NEW_INTERFACE command.
As it has no associated netdev, a P2P Device can
only be identified by its wdev identifier but the
previous patches allowed using the wdev identifier
in various APIs, e.g. remain-on-channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Define the A-MPDU status field in radiotap, also
update the radiotap parser for it and the MCS field
that was apparently missed last time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
libertas currently calls cfg80211_disconnected() when it is being
brought down. This causes an event to be allocated, but since the
wdev is already removed from the rdev by the time that the event
processing work executes, the event is never processed or freed.
http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/95666
Fix this leak, and other possible situations, by processing the event
queue when a device is being unregistered. Thanks to Johannes Berg for
the suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Drake <dsd@laptop.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Restore the default state to the "beacon_found" flag when
the channel flags are restored. Otherwise, we can end up
with a channel that we can no longer transmit on even when
we can see beacons on that channel.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the only way for wireless drivers to tell whether or not OFDM
is allowed on the current channel is to check the regulatory
information. However, this requires hodling cfg80211_mutex, which is not
visible to the drivers.
Other regulatory restrictions are provided as flags in the channel
definition, so let's do similarly with OFDM. This patch adds a new flag,
IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM, to tell drivers that OFDM on a channel is not
allowed. This flag is set on any channels for which regulatory indicates
that OFDM is prohibited.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove ah-hoc IE search code found in the ieee80211_bss_get_ie()
and use cfg80211_find_ie() instead.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit eccc068e8e
Author: Hong Wu <Hong.Wu@dspg.com>
Date: Wed Jan 11 20:33:39 2012 +0200
wireless: Save original maximum regulatory transmission power for the calucation of the local maximum transmit pow
changed the way we calculate chan->max_power as min(chan->max_power,
chan->max_reg_power). That broke rt2x00 (and perhaps some other
drivers) that do not set chan->max_power. It is not so easy to fix this
problem correctly in rt2x00.
According to commit eccc068e8 changelog, change claim only to save
maximum regulatory power - changing setting of chan->max_power was side
effect. This patch restore previous calculations of chan->max_power and
do not touch chan->max_reg_power.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.4+
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
should fix the following issue
[ 3229.815012] [ BUG: lock held when returning to user space! ]
[ 3229.815016] 3.5.0-rc7-wl #28 Tainted: G W O
[ 3229.815017]
------------------------------------------------
[ 3229.815019] wpa_supplicant/5783 is leaving the kernel with locks still held!
[ 3229.815022] 1 lock held by wpa_supplicant/5783:
[ 3229.815023] #0: (reg_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<fa65834d>]
reg_last_request_cell_base+0x1d/0x60 [cfg80211]
Cc: Luis Rodriguez <mcgrof@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Tested-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
regulatory_update() just calls wiphy_update_regulatory().
wiphy_update_regulatory() assumes you already have
the reg_mutex held so just move the call within locking
context and kill the superfluous regulatory_update().
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that we have wiphy_regulatory_register() we can
tuck away the core's regulatory_update() call there
and make it static.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This makes it clearer what we're doing. This now makes a bit
more sense given that regardless of the wiphy if the cell
base station hint feature is supported we will be modifying the
way the regulatory core behaves.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cellular base stations can provide hints to cfg80211 about
where they think we are. This can be done for example on
a cell phone. To enable these hints we simply allow them
through as user regulatory hints but we allow userspace
to clasify the hint as either coming directly from the
user or coming from a cellular base station. This option
is only available when you enable
CONFIG_CFG80211_CERTIFICATION_ONUS.
The base station hints themselves will not be processed
by the core unless at least one device on the system
supports this feature.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This adds CONFIG_CFG80211_CERTIFICATION_ONUS which is to
be used for features / code which require a bit of work on
the system integrator's part to ensure that the system will
still pass 802.11 regulatory certification. This option is
also usable for researchers and experimenters looking to add
code in the kernel without impacting compliant code.
We'd use CONFIG_EXPERT alone but it seems that most standard
Linux distributions are enabling CONFIG_EXPERT already. This
allows us to define 802.11 specific kernel features under a
flag that is intended by design to be disabled by standard
Linux distributions, and only enabled by system integrators
or distributions that have done work to ensure regulatory
certification on the system with the enabled features.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While adding regulatory support to ath6kl I noticed that I easily
got the regulatory code confused. The way to reproduce the bug was:
1. iw reg set FI (in userspace)
2. cfg80211 calls ath6kl_reg_notify(FI)
3. ath6kl sets regdomain in firmware
4. firmware sends regdomain event to notify about the new regdomain (FI)
5. ath6kl calls regulatory_hint(FI)
And this (from FI to FI transition) confuses cfg80211 and after that I
only get "Pending regulatory request, waiting for it to be
processed...." messages and regdomain changes won't work anymore.
The reason why ath6kl calls regulatory_hint() is that firmware can change
the regulatory domain by it's own, for example due to 11d IEs. I could
of course workaround this in ath6kl but I think it's better to handle
the case in cfg80211.
The fix is pretty simple, use a different error code if the regdomain is
same and then just set the request processed so that it doesn't block new
requests.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Let the user configure serveral TX error conection quality monitoring
parameters: % error rate, survey interval, and # of attempted packets.
On exceeding the TX failure rate over the given interval, the driver
will send a CQM notify event with the actual TX failure rate and
packets attempted.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In one of my previous patches I erroneously
used nla_put_u32 for the wdev_id, fix that
to use nla_put_u64.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Revert commit b78e8ceac2
("cfg80211: track monitor channel") and remove the
set_monitor_enabled() callback.
Due to the tracking happening in NETDEV_PRE_UP, it had
introduced bugs because the monitor interface callback
would be called before the device was started. It looks
like there's no way to fix this, and using NETDEV_PRE_UP
is broken anyway (since there's no NETDEV_UP_FAIL), so
remove all that code, track interfaces in NETDEV_UP and
also stop tracking the monitor channel in cfg80211.
This mostly reverts to before the tracking, except that
we keep the interface count tracking so that setting the
monitor channel can be rejected properly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This essentially reverts commit 2e165b8184 but
introduces the get_channel operation with a new
wireless_dev argument so that you can retrieve
the channel per interface. This is necessary as
even though we can track all interface channels
(except monitor) we can't track the channel type
used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It may be desirable to use WoWLAN without triggers to
keep the connection alive to the AP while suspended.
Allow this use by enabling WoWLAN without triggers if
no triggers were requested.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Without this change, running AP + station on the same wiphy
does not work since the commit "cfg80211: add channel checking
for iface combinations". The stopped AP prevents the client
from connecting to an AP on a different channel.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[line-break commit message to < 72 chars]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To call cfg80211_get_chan_state() we need to lock
the wdev, so we need to lock the wdev_iter mutex
in cfg80211_can_use_iftype_chan(). This needs to
use nested locking for lockdep.
Also, cfg80211_get_chan_state() doesn't actually
use the rdev, so remove that completely including
the lock assertion that isn't needed.
Reported-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new P2P Device will have to be able to scan for
P2P search, so move scanning to use struct wireless_dev
instead of struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After a new virtual interface is created, reply
to userspace with a message detailing it so it
knows the new wdev identifier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to be able to create P2P Device wdevs, move
the virtual interface management over to wireless_dev
structures.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The management frame and remain-on-channel APIs will be
needed in the P2P device abstraction, so move them over
to the new wdev-based APIs. Userspace can still use both
the interface index and wdev identifier for them so it's
backward compatible, but for the P2P Device wdev it will
be able to use the wdev identifier only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a few places that iterate the wdev
list and assume wdev->netdev exists, check
there. The rfkill one has to be extended for
each non-netdev type later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since soon there will be virtual interfaces that
don't have a netdev, use the wdev identifier for
the API to retrieve interface data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some nl80211 callbacks will soon need the wdev instead
of the netdev, so add NL80211_FLAG_NEED_WDEV to allow
them to request that. Add NL80211_FLAG_NEED_WDEV_UP as
well which checks the netdev is UP if one exists.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to support a P2P device abstraction and
Bluetooth high-speed AMPs, we need to have a way
to identify virtual interfaces that don't have a
netdev associated.
Do this by adding a NL80211_ATTR_WDEV attribute
to identify a wdev which may or may not also be
a netdev.
To simplify things, use a 64-bit value with the
high 32 bits being the wiphy index for this new
wdev identifier in the nl80211 API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Quick fix for method being invoked without checking its existence.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
60g band uses different from .11n MCS scheme, so bitrate
should be calculated differently
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Until now, a u16 value was used to represent bitrate value.
With VHT bitrates this becomes too small.
Introduce a new 32-bit bitrate attribute. nl80211 will report
both the new and the old attribute, unless the bitrate doesn't
fit into the old u16 attribute in which case only the new one
will be reported.
User space tools encouraged to prefer the 32-bit attribute, if
available (since it won't be available on older kernels.)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
[reword commit message and comments a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Michal's monitor channel tracking introduce a locking problem
as it locked the rdev lock inside the netdev notifier which
isn't allowed as we might already hold it if we get there by
removing an interface that is up.
Fix this by relying only on the RTNL to protect the interface
counters, the RTNL is always held in these code paths anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add regulatory rule for the 60g band
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add enumerations for both cfg80211 and nl80211.
This expands wiphy.bands etc. arrays.
Extend channel <-> frequency translation to cover 60g band
and modify the rate check logic since there are no legacy
mandatory rates (only MCS is used.)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
devlist_mtx locking is changed to accomodate changes.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
.connect cannot be handled since the driver scans
and connects on its own. It is up to the driver
then to refuse a connection (with -EBUSY for
example).
Non-fixed channel IBSSes always take a single
channel resource. For example two non-fixed
channel IBSSes always take up 2
num_different_channels, even if they operate on
the same channel at a given point of time.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We do not need it anymore since cfg80211 tracks
monitor channel and monitor channel type.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implements behaviour seen in mac80211. A running
monitor always has a channel - even before
.set_channel. This way we won't break current
behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make it even more obvious we support single
monitor channel. This will allow us to remove
.get_channel.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Having .set_monitor_channel work with non-monitor
interfaces running would make interface
combinations accounting ambiguous.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implements .set_monitor_enabled(wiphy, enabled).
Notifies driver upon change of interface layout.
If only monitor interfaces become present it is
called with 2nd argument being true. If
non-monitor interface appears then 2nd argument
is false. Driver is notified only upon change.
This makes it more obvious about the fact that
cfg80211 supports single monitor channel. Once we
implement multi-channel we don't want to allow
setting monitor channel while other interface
types are running. Otherwise it would be ambiguous
once we start considering num_different_channels.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Helper function for finding out which channel is
used by a given interface.
An exclusive channel can be used only by a single
interface. This is mainly for non-fixed channel
IBSS handling.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IBSS may hop between channels. It is necessary to
account this special case when considering
interface combinations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We need to know which channel is used by a running
AP and mesh for channel context accounting and
finding matching/active interface combination.
STA/IBSS have current_bss already which allows us
to check which channel a vif is tuned to.
Non-fixed channel IBSS can be handled with
additional changes.
Monitor mode is going to be handled differently.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We'll need this for proper channel tracking (which
is going to be needed for channel context
accounting and finding matching/active interface
combination).
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This functionality will be reused when interface
is going down. Avoids code duplication. Also adds
missing wdev locking.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using NLMSG_GOODSIZE results in multiple pages being used as
nlmsg_new() will automatically add the size of the netlink
header to the payload thus exceeding the page limit.
NLMSG_DEFAULT_SIZE takes this into account.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Cc: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Cc: Sergey Lapin <slapin@ossfans.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Cc: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow drivers to advertise their VHT capabilities
and export them to userspace via nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When CONFIG_PM is disabled, no device can possibly
support WoWLAN since it can't go to sleep to start
with. Due to this, mac80211 had even rejected the
hardware registration. By making all the code and
data for WoWLAN depend on CONFIG_PM we can promote
this runtime error to a compile-time error.
Add #ifdef around all WoWLAN code to remove it in
systems that don't need it as they never suspend.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support configuring an RSSI threshold in dBm (s32) when requesting
scheduled scan, below which a BSS won't be reported by the cfg80211
driver.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit "cfg80211: provide channel to start_ap function" assumes that the
channel is always passed to the NL80211_CMD_START_AP command, however
in case of multi-BSSID, hostapd only passes the channel for the first vif.
This makes starting beaconing on secondary vifs fail with -EINVAL.
Fix this by storing the channel provided to .start_ap in wdev->preset_chan
and picking the first AP vif's channel for secondary vifs if not provided.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To fix the testmode cross-namespace access problem,
use __cfg80211_rdev_from_attrs() to get the device
instead of open-coding similar functionality.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change the function to __cfg80211_rdev_from_attrs
to take attributes instead of the info struct to
make it usable from dump callbacks for testmode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are currently a few ways to "escape"
the network namespace and access a wiphy
that belongs to another namespace. Add a
netns argument to the relevant functions
to fix this.
One remaining issue with testmode will be
fixed in a follow-up patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As defined in section 13.10.9.3 Case D (802.11-2012), this
control variable is used to limit the mesh STA to send only
one PREQ to a root mesh STA within this interval of time
(in TUs). The default value for this variable is set to
2000 TUs. However, for current implementation, the maximum
configurable of dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval is
restricted by dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the mesh configuration parameters dot11MeshHWMProotInterval
and dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout to be used by
proactive PREQ mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It should be NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID as
documented, not NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
fix the coding style related to mesh parameters, especially the indentation,
as pointed out by Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Don't validate interface combinations on a stopped
interface. Otherwise we might end up being able to
create a new interface with a certain type, but
won't be able to change an existing interface
into that type.
This also skips some other functions when
interface is stopped and changing interface type.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The remain-on-channel time validation shouldn't
depend on the value of HZ, as it does now with
the check against jiffies, since then you might
use a value that works on one system but not on
another. Fix it by checking against a minimum
that's fixed.
Also add validation of the wait duration for a
management frame TX since this also translates
into remain-on-channel internally.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we've removed all uses of the set_channel
API except for the monitor channel and in libertas,
clarify this. Split the libertas mesh use into a
new libertas_set_mesh_channel() operation, just to
keep backward compatibility, and rename the normal
set_channel() to set_monitor_channel().
Also describe the desired set_monitor_channel()
semantics more clearly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just like the AP mode patch, instead of setting
the channel and then joining the mesh network,
provide the channel to join the network on to
the join_mesh() function.
Like in AP mode, you can also give the channel
to the join-mesh nl80211 command now.
Unlike AP mode, it picks a default channel if
none was given.
As libertas uses mesh mode interfaces but has
no join_mesh callback and we can't simply break
it, keep some compatibility code for that case
and configure the channel directly for it.
In the non-libertas case, where we store the
channel until join, allow setting it while the
interface is down.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If it worked (Felix says it doesn't right now), the
typical use-case for WDS interfaces would be to be
slaved to AP mode interfaces. Therefore, it isn't
necessary to set the channel on WDS interfaces. As
they don't support powersave or anything like that,
they also couldn't use a different channel anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of setting the channel first and then
starting the AP, let cfg80211 store the channel
and provide it as one of the AP settings.
This means that now you have to set the channel
before you can start an AP interface, but since
hostapd/wpa_supplicant always do that we're OK
with this change.
Alternatively, it's now possible to give the
channel as an attribute to the start-ap nl80211
command, overriding any preset channel.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change cfg80211_can_beacon_sec_chan() to return true
if there is no secondary channel to simplify all the
current users of it. They all check the channel type
before calling the function because it returns false
if there's no secondary channel.
Also actually document the return value.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Almost all wireless tools have transitioned to
or at least added compatibility with nl80211 so
there's no real need for CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
any more. Mark it for removal, and also change
the default to not be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only user of this was hal prior to its 0.5.12
release which happened over two years ago, so I'm
sure this can be removed without issues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a given interface combination doesn't contain
a required interface type then we missed checking
that and erroneously allowed it even though iface
type wasn't there at all. Add a check that makes
sure that all interface types are accounted for.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CFG80211_DEV_WARN_ON() at "net/wireless/ibss.c line 63"
is unnecessarily triggered even after successful connection,
when cfg80211_ibss_joined() is called by driver inside
.join_ibss handler.
This patch fixes the problem by changing 'sme_state' in ibss path
and having WARN_ON() check for 'sme_state' similar to infra
association.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are four instances in nl80211 of getting the
channel type from the attribute and validating it,
refactor those.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It should return bool, not int. The function even
does return true/false.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We don't really want/need to maintain the old
station flags API any more, so refuse changes
to new (not yet defined) flags from the old
flags API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_calculate_bitrate() doesn't work for MCS
rates 32 or higher, and it has always returned 0
in that case. Warn if it ever really happens.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_calculate_bitrate() is defined in the external
header file cfg80211.h now, so no need to keep it in
the internal one as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixed some checkpatch warnings.
Signed-off-by: Cristian Chilipirea <cristian.chilipirea@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Standardize the net core ratelimited logging functions.
Coalesce formats, align arguments.
Change a printk then vprintk sequence to use printf extension %pV.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
spatch/coccinelle isn't perfect. It doesn't understand
__aligned(x) and doesn't convert functions it can't parse.
Convert the remaining compare_ether_addr uses.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add
some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse
of compare_ether_addr for sorting.
I removed a conversion from scan.c/cmp_bss_core
that appears to be a sorting function.
Done via cocci script:
$ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !!ether_addr_equal(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a new mesh configuration parameter "ht_opmode" and will
allow user to check the current HT protection mode selected. Users could
configure the protection mode by the command "iw mesh_iface set mesh_param
mesh_ht_protection_mode=2". The default protection mode of mesh is set to
non-HT mixed mode.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the BSS table is organized in a RB tree, the BSSs need to be
comparable. This means that we must define a < and > operator to
the BSS object.
compare_ethr_addr isn't enough since it returns only a binary value.
Since Felix's
cfg80211: use compare_ether_addr on MAC addresses instead of memcmp
Because of the constant size and guaranteed 16 bit alignment, the inline
compare_ether_addr function is much cheaper than calling memcmp.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The BSS table is corrupted: rb_find_bss can't find the bss.
As a result BSSes are duplicated in the BSS table, and we get stuck
while probing an AP before associating (in STA mode).
Change-Id: I85928756f4328028230832c1565ece7f412f3843
CC: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix merge between commit 3adadc08cc ("net ax25: Reorder ax25_exit to
remove races") and commit 0ca7a4c87d ("net ax25: Simplify and
cleanup the ax25 sysctl handling")
The former moved around the sysctl register/unregister calls, the
later simply removed them.
With help from Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Legacy rates are not validated while configuring
tx rateset using iw. So below cmd is accepted by nl80211.
sudo iw wlan2 set bitrates legacy-2.4 1 2 3
Validate legacy rates and return
error if any rate in the rateset is not valid.
Signed-off-by: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The background scan completion takes more time when the station is
having heavy uplink traffic. The scan state machine decides to fall
back to home channel on every off-channel visit when there are pending
frames in tx queue. bgscan completion took ~30sec on dual band US
regulatory card.
scan period = (20 active channels * probe timeout) +
(12 passive channels * passive probe timeout) +
(32 * timeout on home channel) +
(32 * flush timeout)
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My grand plan to allow drivers to gradually move over
to advertising virtual interface combinations and only
enforce with drivers that do want it enforced doesn't
seem to be working out, only Christian ever added the
advertising (to carl9170), nobody else did.
Begin enforcing combinations in cfg80211 so that users
can rely on the information reported about a device.
Cc: "Luis R. Rodriguez" <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com>
Cc: Nick Kossifidis <mickflemm@gmail.com>
Cc: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Cc: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Cc: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Cc: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Cc: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use of "unsigned int" is preferred to bare "unsigned" in net tree.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If the current channel is known, add frequency and channel type to
NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The firmware may decide to switch channels while already beaconing, e.g.
in response to a cfg80211 connect request on a different vif. Add this
event to notify userspace when an AP or GO interface has successfully
migrated to a new channel, so it can update its configuration
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get
to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't
know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the
device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called
when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed.
Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to
allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Report Toffset to userspace.
Let userspace select the mesh synchronization method.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@s2005.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zubarev <pavel.zubarev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to
not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to
clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on
queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this.
Also verify that the AC number given is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Because of the constant size and guaranteed 16 bit alignment, the inline
compare_ether_addr function is much cheaper than calling memcmp.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Free extra as done in the error-handling code just above.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The nl80211 handling code should ensure as much as
it can that the interface is in a valid state, it
can certainly ensure the interface is running.
Not doing so can cause calls through mac80211 into
the driver that result in warnings and unspecified
behaviour in the driver.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Merge batch of fixes from Andrew Morton:
"The simple_open() cleanup was held back while I wanted for laggards to
merge things.
I still need to send a few checkpoint/restore patches. I've been
wobbly about merging them because I'm wobbly about the overall
prospects for success of the project. But after speaking with Pavel
at the LSF conference, it sounds like they're further toward
completion than I feared - apparently davem is at the "has stopped
complaining" stage regarding the net changes. So I need to go back
and re-review those patchs and their (lengthy) discussion."
* emailed from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (16 patches)
memcg swap: use mem_cgroup_uncharge_swap fix
backlight: add driver for DA9052/53 PMIC v1
C6X: use set_current_blocked() and block_sigmask()
MAINTAINERS: add entry for sparse checker
MAINTAINERS: fix REMOTEPROC F: typo
alpha: use set_current_blocked() and block_sigmask()
simple_open: automatically convert to simple_open()
scripts/coccinelle/api/simple_open.cocci: semantic patch for simple_open()
libfs: add simple_open()
hugetlbfs: remove unregister_filesystem() when initializing module
drivers/rtc/rtc-88pm860x.c: fix rtc irq enable callback
fs/xattr.c:setxattr(): improve handling of allocation failures
fs/xattr.c:listxattr(): fall back to vmalloc() if kmalloc() failed
fs/xattr.c: suppress page allocation failure warnings from sys_listxattr()
sysrq: use SEND_SIG_FORCED instead of force_sig()
proc: fix mount -t proc -o AAA
Many users of debugfs copy the implementation of default_open() when
they want to support a custom read/write function op. This leads to a
proliferation of the default_open() implementation across the entire
tree.
Now that the common implementation has been consolidated into libfs we
can replace all the users of this function with simple_open().
This replacement was done with the following semantic patch:
<smpl>
@ open @
identifier open_f != simple_open;
identifier i, f;
@@
-int open_f(struct inode *i, struct file *f)
-{
(
-if (i->i_private)
-f->private_data = i->i_private;
|
-f->private_data = i->i_private;
)
-return 0;
-}
@ has_open depends on open @
identifier fops;
identifier open.open_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
-.open = open_f,
+.open = simple_open,
...
};
</smpl>
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
These macros contain a hidden goto, and are thus extremely error
prone and make code hard to audit.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The station_info struct had demanded dBm signal values, but the
cfg80211 wireless extensions implementation was also accepting
"unspecified" (i.e. RSSI) unit values while the nl80211 code was
completely unaware of them. Resolve this by formally allowing the
"unspecified" units while making nl80211 ignore them.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
This is intended to be the timestamp sent by the
peer in the beacon/probe response, not any form
of host timestamp. Clarify the documentation and
variable names.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Receive background scan period as part of connect
command and pass the same to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Bala Shanmugam <bkamatch@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the signal strength (in dBm only for now) to
frames that are received via nl80211's various
frame APIs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds an attribute, NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
to set the inactivity timeout which can be used to remove the
station in AP mode. This can be passed in NL80211_CMD_START_AP
and used by the drivers which have AP MLME in firmware but
don't support get_station() properly. To disable inactivity
timer in userspace, wpa_s for example, there is a new flag,
NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER, in nl80211_feature_flags
through which drivers can register their capability to use
the inactivity timeout to free the stations.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh peer links are established only if average rssi of the peer
candidate satisfies the threshold. This is not in 802.11s specification
but was requested by David Fulgham, an open80211s user. This is a way to avoid
marginal peer links with stations that are barely within range.
This patch adds a new mesh configuration parameter, mesh_rssi_threshold. This
feature is supported only for hardwares that report signal in dBm.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In "cfg80211: no cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX()"
Holger Schurig removed the cookies in the calls
from mac80211 to cfg80211, but the ones in the
other direction were left in. Remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The AP/GO mode API isn't very clearly defined, it
has "set beacon" and "new beacon" etc.
Modify the API to the following:
* start AP -- all settings
* change beacon -- new beacon data
* stop AP -- stop AP mode operation
This also reflects in the nl80211 API, rename
the commands there correspondingly (but keep
the old names for compatibility.)
Overall, this makes it much clearer what's going
on in the API.
Kalle developed the ath6kl changes, I created
the rest of the patch.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"ridx" is used as an index into the mcs_mask[] array which has
IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN elements.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the IBSS network is RSN-protected, let userspace authorize the stations
instead of adding them as AUTHORIZED by default.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is needed by mac80211 to keep a reference
to a BSS alive for the auth process. Remove the
old version of cfg80211_ref_bss() since it's
not actually used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To track authenticated state seems to have been
a design mistake in cfg80211. It is possible to
have out of band authentication (FT), tracking
multiple authentications caused more problems
than it ever helped, and the implementation in
mac80211 is too complex.
Remove all this complexity, and let userspace
do whatever it wants to, mac80211 can deal with
that just fine. Association is still tracked of
course, but authentication no longer is. Local
auth state changes are thus no longer of value,
so ignore them completely.
This will also help implement SAE -- asking the
driver to do an authentication is now almost
equivalent to sending an authentication frame,
with the exception of shared key authentication
which is still handled completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow to set mcs masks through nl80211. We also allow to set MCS
rates but no legacy rates (and vice versa).
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A mesh node that joins the mesh network is by default a forwarding entity. This patch allows
the mesh node to set as non-forwarding entity. Whenever dot11MeshForwarding is set to 0, the
mesh node can prevent itself from forwarding the traffic which is not destined to him.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It seems that -Wshadow is no longer default in
sparse runs, but let's fix the warnings anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The local maximum transmit power is the maximum power a wireless device
allowed to transmit. If Power Constraint is presented, the local maximum
power equals to the maximum allowed power defined in regulatory domain
minus power constraint.
The maximum transmit power is maximum power a wireless device capable of
transmitting, and should be used in Power Capability element (7.3.2.16
IEEE802.11 2007).
The transmit power from a wireless device should not greater than the
local maximum transmit power.
The maximum transmit power was not calculated correctly in the current
Linux wireless/mac80211 when Power Constraint is presented.
Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My patch to validate station flags broke compatibility
with the old station flags setting where all flags are
always set at once since it always set the mask as all
possible flags which ended up being rejected later in
the station add/modify code.
Fix by parsing only the current flags in the old flags
attribute -- new applications and new flags should use
(and will now require) the new flags attribute where
the mask is given by the application.
Reported-and-tested-by: Thomas Hilber <ath9k-dev@toh.cx>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Wireless will select a different hardware queue based on the
top 3 bits of the diffserv field, for ipv4. Extend that queue
selection mechanism to ipv6, and make the calls orthogonal.
Signed-off-by: Dave Täht <dave.taht@bufferbloat.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Following the tradition we have had with ath5k, ath9k, CRDA,
wireless-regdb I'd like to license this code under the permissive ISC
license for the code sharing purposes with other OSes, it'd sure be nice
to help the landscape in this area. Although I am %82.89 owner of the
regulatory code I have asked every contributor to the regulatory code
and have receieved positive Acked-bys from everyone except two deceased
entities:
o Frans Pop RIP 2010 [0]
- Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl>
- Frans Pop <fjp@debian.org>
o Nokia RIP February, 11, 2011 [1], [2]
- ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com
- kalle.valo@nokia.com
Frans Pop's contribution was a simple patch 55f98938, titled,
"wireless: remove trailing space in messages" which just add a \n
to some printk lines. I'm going to treat these additions as
uncopyrightable.
As for the contributions made by employees on behalf of Nokia
my contact point was Petri Karhula <petri.karhula@nokia.com> but
after one month he noted he had not been able to get traction from the
legal department on this request, as such it I proceeded by replacing
their contributions in previous patches.
The end goal is to help a clean rewrite that starts in userspace
that is shared under ISC license which currently is taking place with
the regulatory simulator [3].
[0] http://lists.debian.org/debian-devel/2011/12/msg00263.html
[1] http://press.nokia.com/2011/02/11/nokia-outlines-new-strategy-introduces-new-leadership-operational-structure/
[2] http://NokiaPlanB.com
[3] git://github.com/mcgrof/regsim.git
Acked-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@holoscopio.com>
Acked-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mihai Moldovan <ionic@ionic.de>
Acked-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Sven Neumann <s.neumann@raumfeld.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Tony Vroon <tony@linx.net>
Acked-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Acked-by: Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi>
Acked-by: Pat Erley <pat-lkml@erley.org>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Chris Wright <chrisw@sous-sol.org>
Acked-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: John Gordon <john@devicescape.com>
Acked-by: Simon Barber <protocolmagic@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@upir.cz>
Acked-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Acked-by: Scott James Remnant <keybuk@google.com>
Acked-by: Roel Kluin <roel.kluin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Nokia hasn't gotten back to me in over 1 month for a relicense
change request. There are only a few changes that they contributed,
so just reverting their changes but replacing with another set.
This change replaces this commit:
commit 269ac5fd2d
Author: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Date: Tue Dec 1 10:47:15 2009 +0200
cfg80211: indent regulatory messages with spaces
The regulatory messages in syslog look weird:
kernel: cfg80211: Regulatory domain: US
kernel: ^I(start_freq - end_freq @ bandwidth), (max_antenna_gain, max_eirp)
kernel: ^I(2402000 KHz - 2472000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2700 mBm)
kernel: ^I(5170000 KHz - 5190000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2300 mBm)
kernel: ^I(5190000 KHz - 5210000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2300 mBm)
kernel: ^I(5210000 KHz - 5230000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2300 mBm)
kernel: ^I(5230000 KHz - 5330000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 2300 mBm)
kernel: ^I(5735000 KHz - 5835000 KHz @ 40000 KHz), (600 mBi, 3000 mBm)
Indent them with four spaces instead of the tab character to get prettier
output.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Acked: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Petri Karhula <petri.karhula@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Nokia hasn't gotten back to me in over 1 month for a relicense
change request. There are only a few changes that they contributed,
so just reverting their changes but replacing with another set.
This change replaces this commit:
commit c4c322941c
Author: Yuri Ershov <ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com>
Date: Tue Jun 29 15:08:08 2010 +0400
cfg80211: Update of regulatory request initiator handling
In some cases there could be possible dereferencing freed pointer. The
update is intended to avoid this issue.
Signed-off-by: Yuri Ershov <ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Petri Karhula <petri.karhula@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If station info contains a beacon loss count, return
it to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we restore regulatory settings the world regulatory domain
is properly reset on cfg80211 (or user prefered regulatory domain)
but we were never setting back channel values for drivers that use
WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY. Set these values up again by using
the orig_ channel parameters.
This fixes restoring custom regulatory settings upon disconnect
events.
Cc: compat@orbit-lab.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
By definition WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY was intended to allow the
wiphy to adjust itself to the country IE power information if the
card had no regulatory data but we had no way to tell cfg80211 that if
the card also had its own custom regulatory domain (these are typically
custom world regulatory domains) that we want to follow the country IE's
noted values for power for each channel. We add support for this and
document it.
This is not a critical fix but a performance optimization for cards
with custom regulatory domains that associate to an AP with sends
out country IEs with a higher EIRP than the one on the custom
regulatory domain. In practice the only driver affected right now
are the Atheros drivers as they are the only drivers using both
WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY and WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY --
used on cards that have an Atheros world regulatory domain. Cards
that have been programmed to follow a country specifically will not
follow the country IE power. So although not a stable fix distributions
should consider cherry picking this.
Cc: compat@orbit-lab.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reported-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The nl80211 station handling code is a bit messy
and doesn't do a lot of validation. It seems like
this could be an issue for drivers that don't use
mac80211 to validate everything.
As cfg80211 doesn't keep station state, move the
validation of allowing supported_rates to change
for TDLS only in station mode to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This was evidently missed in the TDLS patch (07ba55d7).
Cc: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All nl80211 commands that need only the wiphy
still allow identifying it by giving an interface
index, except, as Kenny pointed out, the testmode
dump support.
Fix this by looking up the wiphy via the ifidx in
this case as well.
Tested-by: Kenny Hsu <kenny.hsu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Regulatory updates set by CORE are ignored for custom regulatory cards.
Let us notify the changes to the driver, as some drivers uses core hint
to restore its orig_* reg domain setting.
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is quite possible to run into a race in bss timeout where
the drivers see the bss entry just before notifying cfg80211
of a roaming event but it got timed out by the time rdev->event_work
got scehduled from cfg80211_wq. This would result in the following
WARN-ON() along with the failure to notify the user space of
the roaming. The other situation which is happening with ath6kl
that runs into issue is when the driver reports roam to same AP
event where the AP bss entry already got expired. To fix this,
move cfg80211_get_bss() from __cfg80211_roamed() to cfg80211_roamed().
[158645.538384] WARNING: at net/wireless/sme.c:586
__cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1()
[158645.538810] Call Trace:
[158645.538838] [<c1033527>] warn_slowpath_common+0x65/0x7a
[158645.538917] [<c14cfacf>] ? __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.538946] [<c103354b>] warn_slowpath_null+0xf/0x13
[158645.539055] [<c14cfacf>] __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.539086] [<c14beb5b>] cfg80211_process_rdev_events+0x153/0x1cc
[158645.539166] [<c14bd57b>] cfg80211_event_work+0x26/0x36
[158645.539195] [<c10482ae>] process_one_work+0x219/0x38b
[158645.539273] [<c14bd555>] ? wiphy_new+0x419/0x419
[158645.539301] [<c10486cb>] worker_thread+0xf6/0x1bf
[158645.539379] [<c10485d5>] ? rescuer_thread+0x1b5/0x1b5
[158645.539407] [<c104b3e2>] kthread+0x62/0x67
[158645.539484] [<c104b380>] ? __init_kthread_worker+0x42/0x42
[158645.539514] [<c151309a>] kernel_thread_helper+0x6/0xd
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This code has been on the list to remove for a long
time, so disable it by default, add a warning to its
Kconfig, and schedule it for removal in 3.5.
The only known dependency, hal, has not required it
since its 0.5.12 release, which was in early 2009
and hal has since been deprecated completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Prepare cfg80211 for IBSS HT:
* extend cfg80211 ibss struct with channel_type
* Check if extension channel can be used
* Export can_beacon_sec_chan for use in mac80211 (will be called
from ibss.c later).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
[siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates]
* fix cfg80211_can_beacon_ext_chan comment
* remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions
* remove radar channel flags check
* add HT IBSS feature flag
* reword commit message
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Johannes' patch for "cfg80211: fix regulatory NULL dereference"
broke user regulaotry hints and it did not address the fact that
last_request was left populated even if the previous regulatory
hint was stale due to the wiphy disappearing.
Fix user reguluatory hints by only bailing out if for those
regulatory hints where a request_wiphy is expected. The stale last_request
considerations are addressed through the previous fixes on last_request
where we reset the last_request to a static world regdom request upon
reset_regdomains(). In this case though we further enhance the effect
by simply restoring reguluatory settings completely.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a theoretical race that if hit will trigger
a crash. The race is between when we issue the first
regulatory hint, regulatory_hint_core(), gets processed
by the workqueue and between when the first device
gets registered to the wireless core. This is not easy
to reproduce but it was easy to do so through the
regulatory simulator I have been working on. This
is a port of the fix I implemented there [1].
[1] a246ccf81f
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As per 802.11mb 13.9.11.3
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch contains the configuration changes in nl80211/cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
MAC addresses have a fixed length. The current
policy allows passing < ETH_ALEN bytes, which
might result in reading beyond the buffer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
sparse reports:
net/wireless/util.c:499:30: error: cannot size expression
net/wireless/util.c:503:30: error: cannot size expression
This is evidently due to the EXPORT_SYMBOL() of the
bridge_tunnel_header and rfc1042 header variables.
Move them to the end of the file to work around the
sparse issue. The error itself from sparse can be
ignored safely, but since sparse stops parsing at
errors, other issues after this would go undetected.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows users to disable features such as HT, HT40,
and to modify the MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU settings for
drivers that support it.
The MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU features that may be disabled are
are reported in the phy-info netlink message as a mask.
Attemping to disable features that are not supported will
take no affect, but will not return errors. This is to aid
backwards compatibility in user-space apps that may not be
clever enough to deal with parsing the the capabilities mask.
This patch only enables the infrastructure. An additional
patch will enable the feature in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No other driver ever ended up using this, and
the commit forgot to move the prototype so no
driver could have used it. Revert it, if any
driver shows up and needs it it can be moved
again, but until then it's more efficient to
have it in mac80211 where the only user is.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
get_vlan() sets the output parameter even if it
returns an error, which is a bit odd. Instead,
convert it to use ERR_PTR.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 implements these for all devices,
but given restrictions of some devices that isn't
really true, so prepare for being able to remove the
capability for some mac80211 devices.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
User space might want to test if driver supports testmode. Adding testmode
to the list of supported commands makes this easier.
I omitted testmode_dump() in purpose. I assume all drivers implementing
testmode_dump() will also implement testmode_cmd().
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This grants drivers access to the DFS region that a
regulatory domain belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The wireless-regdb now has support for mapping a country to
one DFS region. CRDA sends this to us now so process it
so we can provide that hint to drivers. This will later be
used by code for processing DFS in a way that meets the
criteria for the DFS region the country belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
By the time userspace returns with a response to
the regulatory domain request, the wiphy causing
the request might have gone away. If this is so,
reject the update but mark the request as having
been processed anyway.
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pass probe-response data from usermode via beacon parameters.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Notify user-space about probe-response offloading support in the driver.
A wiphy flag is used to indicate support and a bitmap of protocols
determines which protocols are supported.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
John reported the following warning:
net/wireless/nl80211.c: In function ‘nl80211_tx_mgmt’:
net/wireless/nl80211.c:5286:8: warning: ‘hdr’ may be used uninitialized in this function
Evidently, his version of gcc isn't able to see that
when "msg" is initialized, "hdr" must also be. My
gcc, 4.6.1, can actually see that and doesn't warn.
Simply initialize the variable to NULL. That means
if the compiler was ever right we'll crash though so
isn't really optimal since it may hide warnings from
the compiler when somebody modifies this code in the
future.
Reported-by: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just add API to get the channel & report it. Trivial really.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The problem with PSM when a hidden SSID was used was originally
reported by Juuso Oikarinen.
- When generally scanning, the AP is getting a bss entry with
a zero SSID.
- When associating, a probe-req is sent to the AP with the SSID,
and as a result a probe-response is received with the hidden
SSID in place. As a consequence, a second bss entry is created
for the AP, now with the real SSID.
- After association, mac80211 executes ieee80211_recalc_ps(),
but does not switch to powersave because the beacon-ies are missing.
As result, the STA does not ever enter PSM.
The patch merges in beacon ies of hidden bss from beacon to the probe
response, creating a consistent set of ies in place.
Patch is depended on "cfg80211: fix cmp_ies" made by Johannes.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tarnyagin <dmitry.tarnyagin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new wifi socket TX capability should be
supported by wifi drivers, let them advertise
whether they do or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For probe responses it can be useful to not wait for ACK to
avoid retransmissions if the station that sent the probe is
already on the next channel, so allow userspace to request
not caring about the ACK with a new nl80211 flag.
Since mac80211 needs to be updated for the new function
prototype anyway implement it right away -- it's just a
few lines of code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The frames are used by AP/STA WDS mode, and hostapd
needs to know when such a frame was received to set
up the VLAN appropriately to allow using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to register to received beacon frames
to allow implementing OLBC logic in userspace. The
registration is per wiphy since there's no point in
receiving the same frame multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the AP SME in hostapd is used it wants to
probe the clients when they have been idle for
some time. Add explicit API to support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise that the device
contains the AP SME and what features it can
support. There are currently no features in
the bitmap -- probe response offload will be
advertised by a few patches Arik is working
on now (who took over from Guy Eilam) and a
device with AP SME will typically implement
and require response offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To implement AP mode without monitor interfaces we
need to be able to send a deauth to stations that
send frames without being associated. Enable this
by adding a new nl80211 event for such frames that
an application can subscribe to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
WPI-SMS4 uses 16-octet PN field, so we need to allow longer key
sequence values to be configured.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 4d9d88d1 by Scott James Remnant <keybuk@google.com> added
the .uevent() callback for the regulatory device used during
the platform device registration. The change was done to account
for queuing up udev change requests through udevadm triggers.
The change also meant that upon regulatory core exit we will now
send a uevent() but the uevent() callback, reg_device_uevent(),
also accessed last_request. Right before commiting device suicide
we free'd last_request but never set it to NULL so
platform_device_unregister() would lead to bogus kernel paging
request. Fix this and also simply supress uevents right before
we commit suicide as they are pointless.
This fix is required for kernels >= v2.6.39
$ git describe --contains 4d9d88d1
v2.6.39-rc1~468^2~25^2^2~21
The impact of not having this present is that a bogus paging
access may occur (only read) upon cfg80211 unload time. You
may also get this BUG complaint below. Although Johannes
could not reproduce the issue this fix is theoretically correct.
mac80211_hwsim: unregister radios
mac80211_hwsim: closing netlink
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at ffff88001a06b5ab
IP: [<ffffffffa030df9a>] reg_device_uevent+0x1a/0x50 [cfg80211]
PGD 1836063 PUD 183a063 PMD 1ffcb067 PTE 1a06b160
Oops: 0000 [#1] PREEMPT SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC
CPU 0
Modules linked in: cfg80211(-) [last unloaded: mac80211]
Pid: 2279, comm: rmmod Tainted: G W 3.1.0-wl+ #663 Bochs Bochs
RIP: 0010:[<ffffffffa030df9a>] [<ffffffffa030df9a>] reg_device_uevent+0x1a/0x50 [cfg80211]
RSP: 0000:ffff88001c5f9d58 EFLAGS: 00010286
RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffff88001d2eda88 RCX: ffff88001c7468fc
RDX: ffff88001a06b5a0 RSI: ffff88001c7467b0 RDI: ffff88001c7467b0
RBP: ffff88001c5f9d58 R08: 000000000000ffff R09: 000000000000ffff
R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000001 R12: ffff88001c7467b0
R13: ffff88001d2eda78 R14: ffffffff8164a840 R15: 0000000000000001
FS: 00007f8a91d8a6e0(0000) GS:ffff88001fc00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000
CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 000000008005003b
CR2: ffff88001a06b5ab CR3: 000000001c62e000 CR4: 00000000000006f0
DR0: 0000000000000000 DR1: 0000000000000000 DR2: 0000000000000000
DR3: 0000000000000000 DR6: 00000000ffff0ff0 DR7: 0000000000000400
Process rmmod (pid: 2279, threadinfo ffff88001c5f8000, task ffff88000023c780)
Stack:
ffff88001c5f9d98 ffffffff812ff7e5 ffffffff8176ab3d ffff88001c7468c2
000000000000ffff ffff88001d2eda88 ffff88001c7467b0 ffff880000114820
ffff88001c5f9e38 ffffffff81241dc7 ffff88001c5f9db8 ffffffff81040189
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff812ff7e5>] dev_uevent+0xc5/0x170
[<ffffffff81241dc7>] kobject_uevent_env+0x1f7/0x490
[<ffffffff81040189>] ? sub_preempt_count+0x29/0x60
[<ffffffff814cab1a>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x4a/0x90
[<ffffffff81305307>] ? devres_release_all+0x27/0x60
[<ffffffff8124206b>] kobject_uevent+0xb/0x10
[<ffffffff812fee27>] device_del+0x157/0x1b0
[<ffffffff8130377d>] platform_device_del+0x1d/0x90
[<ffffffff81303b76>] platform_device_unregister+0x16/0x30
[<ffffffffa030fffd>] regulatory_exit+0x5d/0x180 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffffa032bec3>] cfg80211_exit+0x2b/0x45 [cfg80211]
[<ffffffff8109a84c>] sys_delete_module+0x16c/0x220
[<ffffffff8108a23e>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x7e/0x120
[<ffffffff814cba02>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
Code: <all your base are belong to me>
RIP [<ffffffffa030df9a>] reg_device_uevent+0x1a/0x50 [cfg80211]
RSP <ffff88001c5f9d58>
CR2: ffff88001a06b5ab
---[ end trace 147c5099a411e8c0 ]---
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Scott James Remnant <keybuk@google.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
genlmsg_end() cannot fail, it just returns the length
of the message. Thus, error handling for it is useless.
While removing it, I also noticed a useless variable
and removed this it as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When comparing two items by IE, the sort order
wasn't stable, which could lead to issues in the
rbtree. Make it stable by making a missing IE
sort before a present IE.
Also sort by length first if it differs and then
by contents.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In other modes the parameters should not be set.
Right now, mac80211 will set them, even if the
user asked for setting them on VLANs which the
driver doesn't know about, causing all kinds of
trouble.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY attribute is
used as a struct, it needs a minimum, not maximum
length. Enforce that properly. Not doing so could
potentially lead to reading after the buffer.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These files are non modular, but need to export symbols using
the macros now living in export.h -- call out the include so
that things won't break when we remove the implicit presence
of module.h from everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
These files were getting access to these two via the implicit
presence of module.h everywhere. They aren't modules, so they
don't need the full module.h inclusion though.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Reuse the already existing struct nl80211_sta_flag_update to specify
both, a flag mask and the flag set itself. This means
nl80211_sta_flag_update is now used for setting station flags and also
for getting station flags.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mark the STA entries of enabled TDLS peers with a new "peer authorized"
flag.
During link setup, allow special TDLS setup frames through the AP, but
otherwise drop all packets destined to the peer. This is required by the
TDLS (802.11z) specification in order to prevent reordering of MSDUs
between the AP and direct paths.
When setup completes and the peer is authorized, send data directly,
bypassing the AP.
In the Rx path, allow data to be received directly from TDLS peers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When adding a TDLS peer STA, mark it with a new flag in both nl80211 and
mac80211. Before adding a peer, make sure the wiphy supports TDLS and
our operating mode is appropriate (managed).
In addition, make sure all peers are removed on disassociation.
A TDLS peer is first added just before link setup is initiated. In later
setup stages we have more info about peer supported rates, capabilities,
etc. This info is reported via nl80211_set_station().
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for sending high-level TDLS commands and TDLS frames via
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER and NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, respectively. Add
appropriate cfg80211 callbacks for lower level drivers.
Add wiphy capability flags for TDLS support and advertise them via
nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, when hostapd sets the station as authorized
we also overwrite its uAPSD parameter. This obviously
leads to buggy behaviour (later, with my patches that
actually add uAPSD support). To fix this, only apply
those parameters if they were actually set in nl80211,
and to achieve that add a bitmap of things to apply.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Correct flag usage - use it as a bit index instead of a bit value.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
tx params are currently configured per hw, although they
should be configured per interface.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new nl80211 attribute to specify whether to send the management
frames in CCK rate or not. As of now the wpa_supplicant is disabling
CCK rate at P2P init itself. So this patch helps to send P2P probe
request/probe response/action frames being sent at non CCK rate in 2GHz
without disabling 11b rates.
This attribute is used with NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands to disable CCK rate for management frame
transmission.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of using a hardcoded list of cipher suites in nl80211.c, use a
shared function in util.c to verify that the driver advertises support
for the specified cipher. This provides more accurate validation of the
values and allows vendor-specific cipher suites to be added in drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES can be used to configure new AKMs, like FT or
the SHA-256 -based AKMs or FT from 802.11r/802.11w. In addition, vendor
specific AKMs could be used. The current validation code for the connect
command prevents cfg80211-based drivers from using these mechanisms even
if the driver would not actually use this AKM value (i.e., it uses
WPA/RSN IE from user space). mac80211-based drivers allow any AKM to be
used since this value is not used there.
Remove the unnecessary validation step in cfg80211 to allow drivers to
decide what AKMs are supported. In theory, we could handle this by
advertising supported AKMs, but that would not be very effective unless
we enforce all drivers (including mac80211) to advertise the set of
supported AKMs. This would require additional changes in many places
whenever a new AKM is introduced even though no actually functionality
changes may be required in most drivers.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Incorrect variable was used in validating the akm_suites array from
NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES. In addition, there was no explicit
validation of the array length (we only have room for
NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES).
This can result in a buffer write overflow for stack variables with
arbitrary data from user space. The nl80211 commands using the affected
functionality require GENL_ADMIN_PERM, so this is only exposed to admin
users.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_conn_scan allows disabled channels at scan request.
Hence probe request was seen at the disabled one. This patch
ensures that disabled channel never be added into the scan
request's channel list.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver (or most likely firmware) decides which AP to use
for roaming based on internal scan result processing, user space
needs to be notified of PMKSA caching candidates to allow RSN
pre-authentication to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IBSS BSSID is never validated, so an
invalid one might end up being used. Fix
this by rejecting invalid configuration.
Reported-by: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add function to find vendor-specific ie (along with
vendor-specific ie struct definition and P2P OUI values)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The scan request received from cfg80211_connect do not
have proper rate mast. So the probe request sent on each
channel do not have proper the supported rates ie.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
During the association, the regulatory is updated by country IE
that reaps the previously found beacons. The impact is that
after a STA disconnects *or* when for any reason a regulatory
domain change happens the beacon hint flag is not cleared
therefore preventing future beacon hints to be learned.
This is important as a regulatory domain change or a restore
of regulatory settings would set back the passive scan and no-ibss
flags on the channel. This is the right place to do this given that
it covers any regulatory domain change.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The format is intended to be like the subfields
in the QoS Info field, verify that is the case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reorder functions to remove the need for a forward declaration
introduced by the last commit.
Signed-off-by: Sven Neumann <s.neumann@raumfeld.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Mack <daniel@zonque.org>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The function wiphy_update_regulatory() uses the static variable
last_request and thus needs to be called with reg_mutex held.
This is the case for all users in reg.c, but the function was
exported for use by wiphy_register(), from where it is called
without the lock being held.
Fix this by making wiphy_update_regulatory() private and introducing
regulatory_update() as a wrapper that acquires and holds the lock.
Signed-off-by: Sven Neumann <s.neumann@raumfeld.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@gmail.com>
Cc: Daniel Mack <daniel@zonque.org>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Two spaces and the second "KHz" suggest that the code author meant to
print the bandwidth but forgot it. The code appears in commit e702d3cf
already with two spaces and "KHz" in place of the bandwidth.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce filtering for scheduled scans to reduce the number of
unnecessary results (which cause useless wake-ups).
Add a new nested attribute where sets of parameters to be matched can
be passed when starting a scheduled scan. Only scan results that
match any of the sets will be returned.
At this point, the set consists of a single parameter, an SSID. This
can be easily extended in the future to support more complex matches.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
add WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD flag to indicate uapsd support on
AP mode.
Advertise it to userspace by including a new
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD attribute.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Removing unnecessary messages saves code and text.
Site specific OOM messages are duplications of a generic MM
out of memory message and aren't really useful, so just
delete them.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the rssi of the current AP drops, both wpa_supplicant and the
firmware may do a background scan to find a better AP and try to
associate. Since firmware based roaming is faster, inform
wpa_supplicant to avoid roaming and let the firmware decide to
roam if necessary.
For fullmac drivers like ath6kl, it is just enough to provide the
ESSID and the firmware will decide on the BSSID. Since it is not
possible to do pre-auth during roaming for fullmac drivers, the
wpa_supplicant needs to completely disconnect with the old AP and
reconnect with the new AP. This consumes lot of time and it is
better to leave the roaming decision to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME nested attribute that contains
wme params needed by the low-level driver (uapsd_queues and
max_sp).
Add these params to the station_parameters struct as well.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS attribute,
which will advertise this mesh node as being a mesh gate.
NL80211_HWMP_ROOTMODE must be set or this will do nothing.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set Root Announcement Interval for our mesh
interface. Also, RANN interval is now in proper units of TUs.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fix allows userspace to mark a meshif as a root node.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch updates the mesh peering frames to the format specified in
the recently ratified 802.11s standard. Several changes took place to
make this happen:
- Change RX path to handle new self-protected frames
- Add new Peering management IE
- Remove old Peer Link IE
- Remove old plink_action field in ieee80211_mgmt header
These changes by themselves would either break peering, or work by
coincidence, so squash them all into this patch.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON command is, in practice, requesting AP mode
operations to be started. Add new attributes to provide extra IEs
(e.g., WPS IE, P2P IE) for drivers that build Beacon, Probe Response,
and (Re)Association Response frames internally (likely in firmware).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes need from drivers to parse the beacon tail/head data
to figure out what crypto settings are to be used in AP mode in case
the Beacon and Probe Response frames are fully constructed in the
driver/firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes it easier for drivers that generate Beacon and Probe Response
frames internally (in firmware most likely) in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moving the parsing logic for retrieving the information elements
stored in management frames, e.g. beacons or probe responses,
and making it available to other cfg80211 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a comment pointing out the use of enum station_info_flags for
all new struct station_info fields. In addition, memset the sinfo
buffer to zero before use on all paths in the current tree to avoid
leaving uninitialized pointers in the data.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 leaves sinfo->assoc_req_ies uninitialized, causing a random
pointer memory access in nl80211_send_station.
Instead of checking if the pointer is null, use sinfo->filled, like
the rest of the fields.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When user space SME/MLME (e.g., hostapd) is not used in AP mode, the
IEs from the (Re)Association Request frame that was processed in
firmware need to be made available for user space (e.g., RSN IE for
hostapd). Allow this to be done with cfg80211_new_sta().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers that support frame transmission with mgmt_tx() may not support
driver-based offchannel TX. Use mgmt_tx_cancel_wait instead of mgmt_tx
when figuring out whether to indicate support for this with
NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Several uses were missing terminating newlines.
Typo fix and macro neatening.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of code is dedicated to giving drivers the
ability to use cfg80211's wext handlers without
completely converting. However, only orinoco is
currently using this, and it is only partially
using it.
We reduce the size of both the source and binary
by removing those that nobody needs. If a driver
shows up that needs it during conversion, we can
add back those that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of drivers erroneously use wext constants
and don't notice since cfg80211.h includes them.
Make this more split up so drivers needing wext
compatibility from cfg80211 need to explicitly
include that from cfg80211-wext.h.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The test is off by one so we'd read past the end of the
wiphy->bands[] array on the next line.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just a typo fix changing regulaotry to regulatory.
Signed-off-by: Mihai Moldovan <ionic@ionic.de>
CC: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Mohammed Shafi <shafi.wireless@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
At the beginning of wiphy_update_regulatory() a check is performed
whether the request is to be ignored. Then the request is sent to
the driver nevertheless. This happens even if last_request points
to NULL, leading to a crash in the driver:
[<bf01d864>] (lbs_set_11d_domain_info+0x28/0x1e4 [libertas]) from [<c03b714c>] (wiphy_update_regulatory+0x4d0/0x4f4)
[<c03b714c>] (wiphy_update_regulatory+0x4d0/0x4f4) from [<c03b4008>] (wiphy_register+0x354/0x420)
[<c03b4008>] (wiphy_register+0x354/0x420) from [<bf01b17c>] (lbs_cfg_register+0x80/0x164 [libertas])
[<bf01b17c>] (lbs_cfg_register+0x80/0x164 [libertas]) from [<bf020e64>] (lbs_start_card+0x20/0x88 [libertas])
[<bf020e64>] (lbs_start_card+0x20/0x88 [libertas]) from [<bf02cbd8>] (if_sdio_probe+0x898/0x9c0 [libertas_sdio])
Fix this by returning early. Also remove the out: label as it is
not any longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Sven Neumann <s.neumann@raumfeld.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Daniel Mack <daniel@zonque.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 58389c69150e6032504dfcd3edca6b1975c8b5bc
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Mon Jul 18 18:08:35 2011 +0200
cfg80211: allow userspace to control supported rates in scan
made single-band cards crash since it would always
access all wiphy->bands[]. Fix this and reject any
attempts in the new helper ieee80211_get_ratemask()
to do the same, rejecting rates configuration for
unsupported bands.
Reported-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Tested-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211_netdev_notifier_call() is configuring psm in case
of NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION interface type (on NETDEV_UP).
do the same for NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT interface type.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some P2P scans are not allowed to advertise
11b rates, but that is a rather special case
so instead of having that, allow userspace
to request the rate sets (per band) that are
advertised in scan probe request frames.
Since it's needed in two places now, factor
out some common code parsing a rate array.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some chips may support different lengths of user-supplied IEs with a
single scheduled scan command than with a single normal scan command.
To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the maximum size of user-supplied information
element data supported in scheduled scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some chips can scan more SSIDs with a single scheduled scan command
than with a single normal scan command (eg. wl12xx chips).
To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the amount of SSIDs supported in scheduled
scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have the necessary API in place to support
GTK rekeying, applications will need to know whether it
is supported by a device. Add a pseudo-trigger that is
used only to advertise that capability. Also, add some
new triggers that match what iwlagn devices can do.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If we try to stop a scheduled scan while it is not running, we should
return -ENOENT instead of simply ignoring the command and returning
success. This is more consistent with other parts of the code.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In certain circumstances, like WoWLAN scenarios,
devices may implement (partial) GTK rekeying on
the device to avoid waking up the host for it.
In order to successfully go through GTK rekeying,
the KEK, KCK and the replay counter are required.
Add API to let the supplicant hand the parameters
to the driver which may store it for future GTK
rekey operations.
Note that, of course, if GTK rekeying is done by
the device, the EAP frame must not be passed up
to userspace, instead a rekey event needs to be
sent to let userspace update its replay counter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the 'driver_initiated' function argument to
__cfg80211_stop_sched_scan() is not 0 then we'll return an
uninitialized 'err' from the function.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There was a deadlock when rfkill-blocking a wireless interface,
because we were locking the rdev mutex on NETDEV_GOING_DOWN to stop
sched_scans that were eventually running. The rfkill block code was
already holding a mutex under rdev:
kernel: =======================================================
kernel: [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
kernel: 3.0.0-rc1-00049-g1fa7b6a #57
kernel: -------------------------------------------------------
kernel: kworker/0:1/4525 is trying to acquire lock:
kernel: (&rdev->mtx){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8164c831>] cfg80211_netdev_notifier_call+0x131/0x5b0
kernel:
kernel: but task is already holding lock:
kernel: (&rdev->devlist_mtx){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8164dcef>] cfg80211_rfkill_set_block+0x4f/0xa0
kernel:
kernel: which lock already depends on the new lock.
To fix this, add a new mutex specifically for sched_scan, to protect
the sched_scan_req element in the rdev struct, instead of using the
global rdev mutex.
Reported-by: Duane Griffin <duaneg@dghda.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes when reporting a MIC failure rx->key may be unset. This
code path is hit when receiving a packet meant for a multicast
address, and decryption is performed in HW.
Fortunately, the failing key_idx is not used for anything up to
(and including) usermode, so we allow ourselves to drop it on the
way up when a key cannot be retrieved.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use the new consistent dump feature from (generic) netlink
to advertise when dumps are incomplete.
Readers may note that this does not initialize the
rdev->bss_generation counter to a non-zero value. This is
still OK since the value is modified only under spinlock
when the list is modified. Since the dump code holds the
spinlock, the value will either be > 0 already, or the
list will still be empty in which case a consistent dump
will actually be made (and be empty).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Downsteram DEAUTH messages do not refer to a current authentication
attempt -- AUTH responses do. Therefore we should not allow DEAUTH
from an AP to void state for an AUTH attempt in progress.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When one of the SSID's length passed in a scan or sched_scan request
is larger than 255, there will be an overflow in the u8 that is used
to store the length before checking. This causes the check to fail
and we overrun the buffer when copying the SSID.
Fix this by checking the nl80211 attribute length before copying it to
the struct.
This is a follow up for the previous commit
208c72f4fe, which didn't fix the problem
entirely.
Reported-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel survey information will be empy for
disabled channels so simply discard those entries.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds dump support to testmode. The testmode
dump support in nl80211 requires using two of the
six cb->args, the rest can be used by the driver
to figure out where the dump position is at or to
store other data across invocations.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 0a35d36 ("cfg80211: Use capability info to detect mesh beacons")
assumed that probe response with both ESS and IBSS bits cleared
means that the frame was sent by a mesh sta.
However, these capabilities are also being used in the p2p_find phase,
and the mesh-validation broke it.
Rename the WLAN_CAPABILITY_IS_MBSS macro, and verify that mesh ies
exist before assuming this frame was sent by a mesh sta.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In both trigger_scan and sched_scan operations, we were checking for
the SSID length before assigning the value correctly. Since the
memory was just kzalloc'ed, the check was always failing and SSID with
over 32 characters were allowed to go through.
This was causing a buffer overflow when copying the actual SSID to the
proper place.
This bug has been there since 2.6.29-rc4.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some stack variables (name *ssid and *channel) are only used to define
the size of the memory block that needs to be allocated for the
request structure in the nl80211_trigger_scan() and
nl80211_start_sched_scan() functions.
This is unnecessary because the sizes of the actual elements in the
structure can be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 scan code adds separate BSS entries if the same BSS shows up
on multiple channels. However, sme implementation does not use the
frequency when fetching the BSS entry. Fix this by adding channel
information to cfg80211_roamed() and include it in cfg80211_get_bss()
calls.
Please note that drivers using cfg80211_roamed() need to be modified to
fully implement this fix. This commit includes only minimal changes to
avoid compilation issues; it maintains the old (broken) behavior for
most drivers. ath6kl was the only one that I could test, so I updated
it to provide the operating frequency in the roamed event.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently the devices that have already stripped IEEE 802.11
header from the AMSDU SKB can not use ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
routine. This patch enhances ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s() API by
changing mandatory removing of IEEE 802.11 header from AMSDU
to optional.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These definitions need to be exposed now that we can set the peer link
states via NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE. They were already being
(opaquely) reported by NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise interface combinations in nl80211.
This allows the driver to indicate what the combinations are
that it supports. "Combinations" of just a single interface are
implicit, as previously. Note that cfg80211 will enforce that
the restrictions are met, but not for all drivers yet (once all
drivers are updated, we can remove the flag and enforce for all).
When no combinations are actually supported, an empty list will
be exported so that userspace can know if the kernel exported
this info or not (although it isn't clear to me what tools using
the info should do if the kernel didn't export it).
Since some interface types are purely virtual/software and don't
fit the restrictions, those are exposed in a new list of pure SW
types, not subject to restrictions. This mainly exists to handle
AP-VLAN and monitor interfaces in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When sched_scan_stopped was called by the driver, mac80211 calls
cfg80211, which in turn was calling mac80211 back with a flag
"driver_initiated". This flag was used so that mac80211 would do the
necessary cleanup but would not call the driver. This was enough to
prevent the bounce back between the driver and mac80211, but not
between mac80211 and cfg80211.
To fix this, we now do the cleanup in mac80211 before calling
cfg80211. To help with locking issues, the workqueue was moved from
cfg80211 to mac80211.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Multiple virtual AP interfaces can currently try
to use different beacon intervals, but that just
leads to problems since it won't actually be done
that way by drivers. Return an error in this case
to make sure it won't be done wrong.
Also, ignore attempts to change the DTIM period
or beacon interval during the lifetime of the BSS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL as a required attribute for
NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. This value informs the driver at which
intervals the scheduled scan cycles should be executed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement new functionality for scheduled scan offload. With this feature we
can scan automatically at certain intervals.
The idea is that the hardware can perform scan automatically and filter on
desired results without waking up the host unnecessarily.
Add NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN
commands to the nl80211 interface. When results are available they are
reported by NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS events. The userspace is
informed when the scheduled scan has stopped with a
NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED event, which can be triggered either by
the driver or by a call to NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is necessary for userspace managed stations.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh beacons no longer use all-zeroes BSSID. Beacon frames for MBSS,
infrastructure BSS, or IBSS are differentiated by the Capability
Information field in the Beacon frame. A mesh STA sets the ESS and IBSS
subfields to 0 in transmitted Beacon or Probe Response management
frames.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce a new configuration option to support AMPE from userspace.
Prior to this series we only supported authentication in userspace: an
authentication daemon would authenticate peer candidates in userspace
and hand them over to the kernel. From that point the mesh stack would
take over and establish a peer link (Mesh Peering Management).
These patches introduce support for Authenticated Mesh Peering Exchange
in userspace. The userspace daemon implements the AMPE protocol and on
successfull completion create mesh peers and install encryption keys.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
